Fendt 939 Operare Engleza

OPERATOR'S MANUAL
FENDT
FENDT 924 Vario
FENDT 927 Vario
FENDT 930 Vario
FENDT 933 Vario
FENDT 936 Vario
FENDT 939 Vario
Crop_this_page
OPERATION
© AGCO
Original Operator's Manual
945.020.010.011 (3537G-en) English
UP-TO-DATE AT THE TIME OF GOING TO PRESS
Constant development in design and equipment ensures the high quality and safety of FENDT trac-
tors and their accessories. We would therefore ask you to appreciate that changes may be required
at any time in terms of form, equipment and technology. The information supplied with respect to
the tractor's scope, appearance, technical data and functions is consistent with the information
available at the date of going to press. It may not be possible to deliver some of the equipment until
later, or it may only be offered in certain markets. No claims may be derived from the information,
illustrations or descriptions contained in this instruction sheet.
Crop_this_page
Vehicle type ............
Vehicle identity no. .. .. ..... Service workshop
VEHICLE DELIVERY TEST REPORT
Maintenance
For a more detailed explanation, please refer to the operator's manual
F Open the bonnet; demonstrate.
F Explain how to remove, install and clean the main cartridge of the dry air filter.
F Explain how to change the safety cartridge of the dry air filter.
F Point out the dust discharge valve.
F Explain how to clean the cooling and heating system and give a practical demonstration.
F Point out the V-belt and explain maintenance procedures.
F Point out the brake and clutch system reservoir and explain maintenance procedures.
F Show how to check the oil level on the front PTO.
F Point out the hydraulic oil filter and air vent filter, and explain maintenance procedures. Crop_this_page
F Point out the cab fan filter.
F Point out the air conditioning condenser.
F Point out the battery.
F Point out the fuses.
Start-up
F For immobiliser (if fitted).
Draw attention to the vehicle-related allocation and point out the vehicle key to be handed over.
Hand over ___ vehicle key parts.
F Point out the filling points and the fuels and lubricants to be checked daily.
Fuel, engine oil, transmission oil
F Show how to drain the compressed air tank.
F Draw attention to different fuels and lubricants for winter operation.
F Explain possible use of biodiesel and biodegradable hydraulic oil.
F Show how to start and stop the engine.
F Explain jump starting, towing and how to turn the tractor off safely.
F Explain how to start off both forwards and backwards, and give a practical demonstra-
tion.
F Explain and demonstrate the function of the foot brake, handbrake and engine brake.
F Explain the function of the trailer brake.
F Explain and demonstrate how to adjust the steering wheel.
F Explain and demonstrate the EPC safety switch.
F Explain and demonstrate the operator's seat settings.
Driving functions and joystick

F Explain and demonstrate the neutral position.
F Explain and demonstrate the acceleration rate.
F Explain and demonstrate the travel range selector.
F Explain and demonstrate how to change the direction of travel (quick reversing and pro-
gramming).
F Explain and demonstrate the cruise control function.
F Explain and demonstrate load limit control.
F Explain and demonstrate how to store the engine speed.
Operating functions
F Explain and demonstrate how to switch the rear and front PTO on and off.
F Explain and demonstrate four-wheel drive.
F Explain and demonstrate the differential lock.
F Explain and demonstrate front axle suspension.
Crop_this_page
F Explain and demonstrate hydraulic valve actuation and settings.
F Explain and demonstrate the EPC operating controls.
F Explain and demonstrate the EPC control panel functions.
F Explain and demonstrate implement control (if fitted).
F Explain and demonstrate how to save and retrieve settings.
F Explain and demonstrate the automatic functions of the power lift and PTO.
F Explain how to work with the EPC.
F Explain the EPC slip control system (if fitted).
F Explain the EPC external control (if fitted).
F Explain and demonstrate the EPC/DA function of the EPC (if fitted).
F Explain and demonstrate how to operate the front power lift (if fitted).
F Explain and demonstrate the trailer hitch.
F Explain and demonstrate the reverse drive control (if fitted).
F Explain the safety instructions.
We hereby confirm that the vehicle has been handed over in accordance with the above
points.
(Keep the vehicle delivery test report with the vehicle documents)
Delivered on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Signature of mechanic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Customer's signature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Crop_this_page
Crop_this_page
6 FENDT X911 - EAME

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
OPERATOR'S MANUAL
FENDT 924 Vario

From chassis no. 941 .. 0101
FENDT 927 Vario

FENDT 930 Vario

FENDT 933 Vario

Crop_this_page
FENDT 936 Vario

FENDT 939 Vario

AGCO GmbH
Maschinen und Schlepperfabrik 87616 Marktoberdorf / Bavaria / Germany
Tel. no.: +49 (0) 8342 77-0 Fax: + 49 (0) 8342 77-222
© PSD/AP 11/2010
3537 G - en
Dear Customer
Please note the following:
– Before using the tractor, carefully read through this operator’s manual and familiarise yourself with all op-
erating controls and their functions before you begin work. This also applies to the operator’s manual for
implements (supplied by the implement manufacturer).
– Observe all the operating and maintenance instructions. If you do so, your tractor will give you many years
of economic and trouble-free operation. You will find an overview of all maintenance operations in the
maintenance schedule in this operator’s manual.
– Maintenance and repair work must only be carried out in your service workshop. Refer to the "Important
Information on FENDT Service and Maintenance".
Disregarding the symbols and the associated safety instructions—which are divided into three
hazard levels—can lead to considerable damage to the tractor, the mounted implements or
other property. Adhering to the safety instructions is also required in order to prevent such
damage from occurring.
Authorised use
This tractor is designed exclusively for normal agricultural operations or suchlike, e.g. municipal applications.
Any other type of use is considered unauthorised. The manufacturer will not be liable for any damage result-
ing from such use, which will be entirely at the owner's risk.
Authorised use also includes observing the operating, maintenance and repair conditions set out by the man-
ufacturer in order to protect your claims under warranty if necessary.
Special attention must be paid to safety instructions marked with this symbol, as well as the
words DANGER, WARNING and CAUTION.
Operation, maintenance and repair of the tractor are restricted to persons who are familiar with this equip-
ment and aware of the inherent dangers.
The relevant accident prevention regulations must be observed, as must as any generally acknowledged
safety, industrial medicine and traffic regulations. The manufacturer does not accept liability for damage re- Crop_this_page
sulting from unauthorised modifications to the machine.
Since it is working equipment, the tractor is not suitable for taking on board or transporting children and young
persons. If children or young persons are nonetheless present in the tractor, the operator must be aware that
they require strict supervision. It must be impossible for any children and young persons on board to operate
the technical controls on the tractor or any equipment mounted on it. Under no circumstances may children
or young persons remain alone in the cab when the operator leaves the tractor.
Marking of places that affect your safety
Make sure that any other users have read all the safety instructions as well.
The various levels of safety instructions can be distinguished as follows:
DANGER:
This symbol together with the word DANGER means there is an immediate risk of danger that
must be prevented to avoid the risk of DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY.
WARNING:
This symbol together with the word WARNING means there is a potential danger that must be
prevented to avoid the risk of DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY.
CAUTION:
This symbol together with the word CAUTION means there is a potential danger that must be
prevented to avoid the risk of MINOR INJURY.
The operator's manual is an integral part of the vehicle package and must be passed on to any subsequent
owner in the event of resale. The attention of the new owner should be drawn to this information.
If this manual is lost or damaged and you need a new one, please contact your Fendt dealer, from whom you
will be able to purchase a replacement.
Vehicle Identification Number
Fig. 1. I022764
The vehicle identification number is stamped on the right frame and also on the identification plate. Crop_this_page
For all figures, the tolerances from the appropriate directives are valid. We reserve the right to make design
changes as part of technical further development, without making alterations to this Manual. The drawings
and illustrations in the operator’s manual are used for the purpose of functional description. Some of the
items shown are not necessarily included in the vehicle's scope of delivery.
EC – Declaration of Conformity
Crop_this_page
Fig. 2. I022759
Software licenses
Licenses
The software installed in the 7" Varioterminal and 10.4" Varioterminal uses open source software that is li-
censed by the copyright holders under various licenses including the GNU free licenses known as the General
Public Licence (GPL version 2) and the Lesser General Public Licence (LGPL).
Exclusion of liability
The 7" Varioterminal and 10.4" Varioterminal are only designed to use this software in the format in which it
is delivered. Modifications of any kind to the open source components are the sole responsibility of the user.
In the event of modifications, all warranty claims will become invalid.
The following exclusion of liability in respect to the copyright holders applies to the GPL components: This
program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the
implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General
Public Licence for more details.
For the remaining open source components, please refer to the copyright holders' exclusions of liability in
the source codes provided on CD.
Source codes
The source codes for the open source program used can be found with the corresponding licensing texts on
a CD that can be ordered from the Fendt spare parts service.
Crop_this_page
Crop_this_page
12 FENDT X911 - EAME

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
Table of contents
Operating instructions
1 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
1.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
1.1.1 Safety instructions: Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
1.2 Safety - symbols and terms used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
1.2.1 Safety - symbols and terms used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
1.3 Safety decals and safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
1.3.1 Check and change the safety decals and safety notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
1.3.2 Explanation and position of the safety decals and safety notes . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
1.4 General safety instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
1.4.1 Reminder about safety notes and safety symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
1.4.2 Operator familiarity with the tractor's functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
1.4.3 Cab: Entry and exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
1.4.4 Fill fuel and AdBlue® tanks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
1.4.5 Obligatory steps before leaving the tractor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
1.5 Special safety instructions before operating the tractor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
1.5.1 Protective clothing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
1.5.2 Safety equipment and components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
1.5.3 Check the tractor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
1.6 Special safety instructions for starting the tractor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
1.6.1 Protection of other people . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
1.6.2 Safe start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
1.6.3 Checks after starting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
1.7 Special safety instructions for using the tractor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Crop_this_page
1.7.1 General instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
1.7.2 Carry passengers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
1.7.3 Protection of persons other than the operator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
1.7.4 Prevent from tipping over . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
1.7.5 Tow the tractor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
1.7.6 Driving the tractor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
1.7.7 PTO operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
1.7.8 Implements and trailers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
1.8 Special safety instructions for tractor maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
1.8.1 Notes on disposal during tractor maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
1.8.2 General maintenance instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
1.8.3 Special instructions for cleaning the tractor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
1.9 Safety equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
1.9.1 Safety equipment: Use and approval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
1.9.2 Cab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
2 OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
2.1 Operator's seat and instructor seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
2.1.1 Air-sprung super deluxe seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
2.1.2 Fendt Evolution and Fendt Evolution Active . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
2.1.3 Passenger seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
2.1.4 Multi-function armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
2.2 Display instruments and operating controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
2.2.1 Preheat starter switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
2.2.2 Combination switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
2.2.3 Steering wheel adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
2.2.4 Rapid change of direction of travel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
2.2.5 Dashboard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
2.2.6 Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
2.2.7 Operating status display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
FENDT X911 - EAME 13

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
Table of contents
2.2.8 Multiple display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
2.2.9 Right-hand side of cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
2.2.10 Left-hand side of cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
2.2.11 Multi-function armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
2.2.12 Joystick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
2.2.13 Multifunction armrest keypad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
2.3 Vario terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
2.3.1 Comparison of the 7-inch and 10.4-inch Varioterminals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
2.3.2 Operating principles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
2.3.3 Menu overview of tractor operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
2.3.4 Menu overview of management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
2.3.5 ISOBUS menu overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
2.3.6 On-board computer overview menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
2.3.7 Operating information screens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
2.3.8 Calibrate the terminal touch screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
2.3.9 Cleaning the Varioterminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
2.3.10 Tractor operation - Menu level 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
2.3.10.1 Tractor info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
2.3.10.2 Terminal display when starting with vehicle stationary . . . . . . . . . . 79
2.3.11.1 Tractor settings: main page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
2.3.12.1 Front power lift settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
2.3.12.2 Rear power lift settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
2.3.12.3 Rear hydraulic valves settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
2.3.12.4 Front hydraulic valve settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
2.3.12.5 Tyre pressure monitoring system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
2.3.12.6 Engine and transmission settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
2.3.12.7 Variotronic TI (headland management) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
2.3.12.8 Maintenance and diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Crop_this_page
2.3.13.1 Hydraulic service function (workshop function) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
2.3.13.2 Rear power lift details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
2.3.13.3 Assignment of controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
2.3.13.4 Further hydraulic functions: power beyond & automaticaly
steered axle function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
2.3.13.5 TMS engine speed range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
2.3.13.6 Fuel consumption measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
2.3.13.7 Manual configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
2.3.13.8 Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
2.3.14 Management - Menu level 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
2.3.14.1 Information management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
2.3.15.1 Management (main page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
2.3.16.1 Settings selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
2.3.16.2 Settings selection keyboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
2.3.16.3 Terminal settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
2.3.16.4 ISOBUS information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
2.3.17 ISOBUS menu level 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
2.3.17.1 ISOBUS implement control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
2.3.18.1 Assignment overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
2.3.19.1 Assignment of controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
2.3.19.2 VT settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
2.3.19.3 ISOBUS control screens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
2.4 Reset function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
2.4.1 Restore default settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
2.5 Sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
2.5.1 Sockets in the cab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
2.5.2 Front socket. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
Table of contents
2.5.3 Rear sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
2.6 Set the time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
2.6.1 Set the time in the instrument panel using the Varioterminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
2.7 Main electrical switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
2.7.1 Main electrical isolation switch (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
2.8 Heating and ventilation system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
2.8.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
2.8.2 Overview of controls and air nozzles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
2.8.3 Function indicators in the multiple display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
2.8.4 Fan speed selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
2.8.5 Overpressure operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
2.8.6 Defrost mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
2.8.7 Cool mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
2.8.8 Automatic mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
2.8.9 Protection against hazardous substances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
2.9 Rear view mirror. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
2.9.1 Adjust rear view mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
2.10 Start-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
2.10.1 Save fuel by locking the hydraulics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
2.10.2 Check daily . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
2.10.3 Cold weather operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
2.10.4 Tool box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
2.11 Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
2.11.1 Starting the engine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
2.11.2 Terminal display when starting with vehicle stationary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
2.11.3 Terminal display during starting (vehicle moving) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
2.11.4 boost start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
2.11.5 Towing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
2.12 Stopping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
2.12.1 Stopping the engine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
2.12.2 Stopping and immobilising the tractor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Crop_this_page
2.12.3 Terminal display when the engine is switched off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
2.13 Vario transmission. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
2.13.1 Joystick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
2.13.2 Neutral position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
2.13.3 Set acceleration rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
2.13.4 Travel range selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
2.13.5 Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
2.13.6 Turbo-clutch function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
2.13.7 Change of travel direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
2.13.8 Programmed change in direction of travel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
2.13.9 Tempomat. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
2.13.10 Load limit control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
2.13.11 Store engine speeds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
2.13.12 Towing instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
2.14 Emergency mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
2.14.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
2.14.2 Activate emergency mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
2.14.3 Select the transmission ratio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
2.15 Fuel consumption measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
2.15.1 Fuel consumption measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
2.16 Tractor Management System (TMS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
2.16.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
2.16.2 Engine management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
2.16.3 Throttle pedal - operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
2.16.4 Set TMS engine speed range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
2.17 PTO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
2.17.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
2.17.2 Rear PTO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
2.17.3 Engage and disengage rear PTO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
2.17.4 Front PTO (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
2.17.5 Engage and disengage front PTO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
Table of contents
2.17.6 Calibrate rear and front PTO clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
2.18 Four-wheel drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
2.18.1 4WD operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
2.19 Differential lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
2.19.1 Differential lock operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
2.20 Front axle suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
2.20.1 Operating the front axle suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
2.21 Power lift and PTO automatic mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
2.21.1 Power lift automatic mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
2.21.2 PTO automatic mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
2.21.3 PTO automatic mode with power lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
2.21.4 Modify standard settings for rear automatic mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
2.22 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
2.22.1 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
2.22.2 Foot brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
2.22.3 Hand brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
2.22.4 Brake release screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
2.22.5 Hydraulic trailer brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
2.22.6 Engine brake (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
2.23 Steering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
2.23.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
2.23.2 Steering wheel adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
2.24 Hydraulics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
2.24.1 General notes for hydraulic operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
2.24.2 Valve equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
2.24.3 Lock the EHS valves (all) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
2.24.4 Operate the valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
2.24.5 Set the valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
2.24.6 Locking individual valves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
2.24.7 Set the time function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
2.24.8 Priority function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Crop_this_page
2.24.9 Set the valve response sensitivity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
2.24.10 Set the flow rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
2.24.11 External valve actuation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
2.24.12 Set the floating position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
2.24.13 Automatic steering axle mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
2.24.14 Increase the hydraulic control pressure for an external hydraulic coupling:
Power beyond. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
2.24.15 Switch function for EHS valve actuation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
2.24.16 Manual operation i.e. emergency mode, of the EHS valves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
2.24.17 EHS valve heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
2.24.18 Hydraulic connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
2.24.19 Use of the 3rd or 4th hydraulic circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
2.25 Rear electronic power lift control (EPC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
2.25.1 Safety switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
2.25.2 EPC operating controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
2.25.3 Rear power lift settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
2.25.4 Lock/unlock rear power lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
2.25.5 Prioritise the rear power lift. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
2.25.6 Hydraulic service function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
2.25.7 SA / DA activation and settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
2.25.8 Lift height limit settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
2.25.9 Raise/lower speed settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
2.25.10 Set the shock load stabilising system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
2.25.11 Position-tractive power-mix control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
2.25.12 Electronic slip control system (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
2.25.13 Lower link lateral stabiliser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
2.25.14 Electro-hydraulic external control (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
2.25.15 Implement socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
2.26 Working with the EPC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
2.26.1 Attach three-point implements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
2.26.2 Remove three-point implements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
Table of contents
2.26.3 Set the transport height for three-point implements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
2.26.4 Road transport with shock load stabilising system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
2.26.5 Calibrate the speed display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
2.27 Power lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
2.27.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
2.27.2 Lower link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
2.27.3 Height-adjustable lift links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
2.27.4 Mechanical side lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
2.27.5 Manually adjustable front/rear top link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
2.27.6 Ball holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
2.28 Front power lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
2.28.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
2.28.2 Lower linkage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
2.28.3 Safety switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
2.28.4 Standard front power lift controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
2.28.5 Comfort front power lift controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
2.28.6 Front power lift settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
2.28.7 Lock/unlock front power lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
2.28.8 Prioritise front power lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
2.28.9 Hydraulic service function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
2.28.10 SA / DA activation and settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
2.28.11 Lift height limit settings for front power lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
2.28.12 Raise/lower speed settings for front power lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
2.28.13 Set the time function (standard front power lift) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
2.29 Trailer components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
2.29.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
2.29.2 Calculation of towing capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
2.29.3 Trailer hitch bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
2.29.4 Manual trailer coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
2.29.5 Automatic trailer coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
2.29.6 Attachment for trailer couplings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Crop_this_page
2.29.7 Ball-type coupling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
2.29.8 Piton Fix. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
2.29.9 Shackle with Piton Fix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
2.29.10 Draw bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
2.29.11 Hydraulic trailer hitch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
2.30 Compressed air system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
2.30.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
2.30.2 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
2.31 Additional ballast. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
2.31.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
2.31.2 Front/rear ballast weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
2.31.3 Wheel weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
2.31.4 Water ballasting of tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
2.31.5 Front weights without front power lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
2.31.6 Ballasting recommendations for field use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
2.32 Track width adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
2.32.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
2.32.2 Wide vehicle marker lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
2.32.3 Rear axle stub shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
2.33 Tyre pressure monitoring system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
2.33.1 Operate tyre pressure monitoring system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
2.34 Twin tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
2.34.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
2.34.2 Conditions for use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
2.34.3 Dual wheels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
2.35 Changing tyre size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
2.35.1 Setting speed display for changed tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
2.36 Load implement settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
2.36.1 Load implement and save current implement settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
2.37 Save implement settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
2.37.1 Save implement on stopping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
Table of contents
2.37.2 Settings that can be saved. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
2.38 On-board computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
2.38.1 Call up and switch on the on-board computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
2.38.2 Call up and configure trigger settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
2.39 ISO implement control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
2.39.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
2.39.2 ISOBUS activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
2.39.3 Position ISOBUS application on the terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
2.39.4 Connect the ISOBUS implement and load the software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
2.39.5 Assigning implement functions to the FENDT joystick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
2.39.6 Assignment of implement functions to external control lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
2.39.7 Delete assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
2.39.8 Using an external display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
2.40 Variotronic TI (TeachIn) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
2.40.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
2.40.2 Functions and dependencies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
2.40.3 Call up and activate Variotronic TI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
2.40.4 Joystick assignment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
2.40.5 Record an operational sequence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
2.40.6 Start an operational sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
2.40.7 Configure operational sequence manually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
2.40.8 Step mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
3 Additional implements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319

3.1 Reverse drive function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
3.1.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
3.1.2 operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
3.2 Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
3.2.1 Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
Crop_this_page

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
Table of contents
1
1. SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
1.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
1.1.1 Safety instructions: Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
1.2 Safety - symbols and terms used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
1.2.1 Safety - symbols and terms used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
1.3 Safety decals and safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
1.3.1 Check and change the safety decals and safety notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
1.3.2 Explanation and position of the safety decals and safety notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
1.4 General safety instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
1.4.1 Reminder about safety notes and safety symbols. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
1.4.2 Operator familiarity with the tractor's functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
1.4.3 Cab: Entry and exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
1.4.4 Fill fuel and AdBlue® tanks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
1.4.5 Obligatory steps before leaving the tractor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
1.5 Special safety instructions before operating the tractor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
1.5.1 Protective clothing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
1.5.2 Safety equipment and components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
1.5.3 Check the tractor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
1.6 Special safety instructions for starting the tractor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
1.6.1 Protection of other people . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
1.6.2 Safe start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
1.6.3 Checks after starting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
1.7 Special safety instructions for using the tractor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
1.7.1 General instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Crop_this_page
1.7.2 Carry passengers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
1.7.3 Protection of persons other than the operator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
1.7.4 Prevent from tipping over . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
1.7.5 Tow the tractor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
1.7.6 Driving the tractor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
1.7.7 PTO operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
1.7.8 Implements and trailers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
1.8 Special safety instructions for tractor maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
1.8.1 Notes on disposal during tractor maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
1.8.2 General maintenance instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
1.8.3 Special instructions for cleaning the tractor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
1.9 Safety equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
1.9.1 Safety equipment: Use and approval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
1.9.2 Cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
Table of contents
Crop_this_page

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
1.1 Introduction
1
1.1.1 Safety instructions: Introduction T006772
Operator's Manual
NOTE: This Operator's Manual is published and distributed across various markets. The availability of the
components referred to - whether as part of the standard equipment or as an accessory - can vary depending
on the country or region concerned. If you would like to know what equipment features are available in your
region you should contact your Fendt dealer.
Under normal conditions, this Operator's Manual should enable the owner and operator to operate the tractor
safely. If these instructions are followed, the tractor, like all Fendt products, will provide faithful service for
many years.
The Fendt dealer's commissioning of the tractor at the operator's site ensures that you understand both the
operating and service instructions. You should contact your Fendt dealer if you do not understand parts of
this Operator's Manual. It is important that these instructions are understood and observed.
The instructions do not contain all of the safety and operating instructions for the implements and accesso-
ries that can be fitted at the time of and after delivery of the tractor. It is imperative that the operator under-
stands and uses the operating instructions for these implements and the accessories.
IMPORTANT: This manual must always be kept in the tractor. You can obtain a copy of this Operator's Man-
ual from your Fendt dealer.
This chapter of the Operator's Manual contains a description of specific safety-related standard situations
that can arise when operating the tractor and during normal maintenance. You are also given all of the infor-
mation required on the correct behaviour to adopt in these situations.
This chapter is supplementary to the safety instructions contained in other chapters of this Operator's Man-
ual.
Depending on the implements used and the working conditions on site or in the operating area, additional
precautionary measures may need to be taken. Fendt has no direct influence on the commissioning, opera-
tion, inspection, lubrication or maintenance of the tractor. YOU are therefore responsible for the adoption of
Crop_this_page
appropriate safety measures in the areas concerned.
WARNING:
Before using the tractor, the operator must understand the instructions contained in this chap-
ter. These regulations must always be adhered to when work is carried out.
Maintenance, spare parts, accessories and operating conditions

Daily maintenance should become a habit. Record the operating hours in a logbook.
Only genuine Fendt spare parts should be used. Fendt dealers supply only original parts and can advise on
their fitting and use. Using lower quality parts can cause serious damage. Customers are advised to acquire
spare parts from an authorised Fendt dealer only. Likewise, only accessories that are specially adapted to the
tractor may be used.
Because operating conditions vary so greatly, the information provided by the manufacturer in its publications
in respect of the performance or use of its machines can never claim to be entirely complete or definitive,
nor can the manufacturer accept liability for losses or damage caused by such information or any errors or
omissions.
If the tractor is to be used under unusual conditions which could result in damage, a Fendt dealer should be
consulted for special instructions so that the warranty is not invalidated.
These tractors are only designed for normal agricultural use (intended purpose). Any other use is deemed to
be inconsistent with the intended purpose.
Strict compliance with Fendt instructions in terms of repairs, maintenance and operating conditions is an es-
sential component of the intended purpose.
In the case of a engine guarantee, the customer must provide a fuel supplier certificate to prove that an ap-
proved fuel was used.
IMPORTANT: Fendt accepts no liability for damage to persons or property resulting from improper use.
The operation and maintenance of and repairs to this tractor must only be carried out by persons familiar with
the individual functions and the applicable safety instructions (accident prevention).
Always contact a Fendt dealer in the event of any problems experienced after purchase and in respect of all
necessary settings/adjustments.

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
1.2 Safety - symbols and terms used
1
1.2.1 Safety - symbols and terms used T006774
Signal
This safety sign means CAUTION! BE ALERT! YOUR SAFETY

DEPENDS ON IT!
The safety sign indicates important safety notes on machines and
safety stickers and in operating instructions and other places. If you
see this sign be aware that there is a risk of injury or death. Observe
the instructions in the safety notes.
SAFETY has top priority! Why?

– ACCIDENTS CAN RESULT IN SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
– ACCIDENTS COST A LOT OF MONEY
– ACCIDENTS ARE AVOIDABLE
Designations
The terms DANGER, WARNING and CAUTION are used together with the safety warning symbol. It is es-
sential that these safety warnings are understood and the recommended safety measures and instructions
observed.
DANGER:
Indicates a hazardous situation which will result in VERY SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH if the
safety instructions are not observed.
WARNING:
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which could result in SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
if the safety instructions are not observed.
CAUTION:
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which could result in SLIGHT OR MODERATE IN-
JURY if the safety instructions are not observed.
The terms IMPORTANT and NOTE do not refer directly to your personal safety; rather they convey additional
information and tips for operation or maintenance of the machine.
IMPORTANT: Refers to special instructions or procedures that can result in damage to or destruction of the
tractor, its equipment or the surrounding area if they are not observed.
NOTE: Refers to particular information that enables more effective and easier operation or repair.

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
1.3 Safety decals and safety instructions
1
1.3.1 Check and change the safety decals and safety notes T006775
WARNING:
Never remove safety decals or safety notes.
Missing or illegible safety decals and safety notes must be replaced. In the event of loss or damage, replace-
ment decals are available from the dealer. When purchasing a used tractor, it must be ensured that the safety
declas and safety notes are correct, legible and properly attached (see the section that explains these decals
and their location).
1.3.2 Explanation and position of the safety decals and safety notes T004441
In the cab on the top right of the panel cover

DANGER:
Danger of personal injury or damage to
property caused by non-observation of
safety and operating notes.
Before using the tractor, always read the
safety and operating notes in the Opera-
tor's Manual.
Crop_this_page
Fig. 1. I013300
To the right at the rear of the side window
Fig. 2. I013177

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
On the top right rail of the trailer frame
1 CAUTION:
Note the bearing load!
Observe the information in the Operator's
Manual.
Fig. 3. I013179
On the left and right rear mudguards beside the link-

age control
DANGER:
Risk of crushing between the tractor and
the implement.
When using the external operating con-
trols for the linkage, stand outside next to
the rear tyre.
Do not remain between the tractor and
the implement.
Fig. 4. I013176
At the front left and right on the hydraulic cylinder

for the front axle suspension
Crop_this_page
DANGER:
Danger of injury caused by high pressure
when working on the hydraulic lines of
the front axle suspension, even when the
engine is switched off.
Lines should only be opened by special-
ists - observe the instructions in the Work-
shop Service Manual.
Fig. 5. I013302

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
On front axle suspension pressure accumulator
On air pressure brake pressure accumulator
DANGER:
1
Risk of injury caused by high pressure
work on the cables and the front axle sus-
pension pressure accumulators, even
when the engine is switched off.
Lines should only be opened by special-
ists - observe the instructions in the Work-
shop Service Manual.
Fig. 6. I013304
In the cab on the top right of the panel cover

IMPORTANT: To avoid damage to the electronics
when carrying out electric welding on the tractor or
mounted implement, remove both clamps from the
battery terminals and secure the earth terminal of
the welding appliance as close as possible to the
Fig. 7. I013181 Crop_this_page
welding point.
In the cab to the right of the panel above the auxil-

iary lever cover
DANGER:
Danger caused by load-induced transmis-
sion in emergency mode after the tractor
is started.
Observe the instructions in the Workshop
Service Manual.
Fig. 8. I013182
Inside the cab, on the left, on the transverse beam

of the windscreen
DANGER:
Risk of injury caused by loose or discon-
nected safety belt.
Always connect the safety belt close to
the body.
Fig. 9. I013183

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
1.4 General safety instructions
1
1.4.1 Reminder about safety notes and safety symbols T006776
Never forget that you are solely responsible for safety. The correct application of these safety notes is in-
tended not only for your own protection, but also for the protection of your environment. Before using the
tractor, carefully read through the instructions in the instruction sheet and all of the safety decals and safety
notes. These instructions should become a fixed part of your safety mindset. Also think about the normal
protection measures that should be taken when carrying out any work. Don't forget:
You are responsible for safety. You can prevent accidents that result in serious injury or death.
WARNING:
For reasons of clarity, safety guards are not included in some of the illustrations. Never operate
the tractor if these parts are not fitted. If some of these parts have been removed for repair pur-
poses, they must be refitted before the tractor is used again.
1.4.2 Operator familiarity with the tractor's functions T006777
WARNING:
The operator must not drink any alcohol
or take any medication that could have an
adverse effect on his concentration or co-
ordination. An operator that takes pre-
scribed or non-prescribed medication
must seek medical advice in respect of his
ability to operate the machine safely.
In order to be able to use the tractor, the following
conditions must be fulfilled first:
– Familiarity with handling agricultural tractors
Crop_this_page
– Training on handling the previously acquired
tractor
– Reading and understanding this entire instruc-
D-5
842
a
tion sheet (in case of doubt or in the event of

any problems of understanding, always consult
the dealer) fig. 1
Fig. 1. I019202
– Knowledge of the rules and safety instructions
for the work being carried out. It is your respon-
sibility to be familiar with these instructions and
to observe them during operation or in any
given situation. These rules include the safety
notes on the correct operation of the tractor in
accordance with the description contained in
this instruction sheet.
– Sufficient experience of the tractor's various
functions and of all accessory parts and imple-
ments is essential.
– Under no circumstances may children or non-
qualified persons drive a tractor!
WARNING:
Drive more slowly and even more care-
fully in poor conditions.
1.4.3 Cab: Entry and exit T006778
– Always make sure there is three-point contact with the machine and get in and out facing the machine.
(Three-point contact means that, when getting in and out, both hands and one foot or one hand and both
feet must be in contact with the machine).
945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
– Before getting into the tractor, wipe your shoes and clean your hands.
– When getting in and out, use the handrails, grab handles, ladders or foot boards (depending on the equip-
ment specification).
1
Do not use the joystick as a grip.
– When getting in and out, do not step on the pedals.
– Never get in or out when the tractor is moving.
– Never jump from a tractor whose engine is running – except in an emergency.
1.4.4 Fill fuel and AdBlue® tanks T006779
Fill with fuel

– Always switch the engine off before refuelling.
– Do not smoke when refuelling the tractor and
keep away from ignition sources.
Fig. 2. I027347
Fill with AdBlue®/DEF

DANGER:
Crop_this_page
If the AdBlue® tank cover is opened at high
temperatures, ammonia fumes can es-
cape. Ammonia fumes have a pungent
odour and are particularly irritating to the
skin, mucous membranes and eyes. They
can cause burning eyes, nose and throat
as well as coughing and streaming eyes.
Do not inhale escaping ammonia fumes.
Fig. 3. I027348
Avoid contact with eyes, skin and clothing.

– If swallowed: If large quantities of this product are swallowed, seek medical advice immediately. Do NOT
induce vomiting unless expressly told to do so by a doctor. Do not administer liquids to an unconscious
person.
– In the event of contact with skin, rinse with water and take off contaminated items of clothing.
– In the event of contact with the eyes, rinse the eyelid immediately with running water for several minutes
and consult an eye specialist.
– If vapours are inhaled, take deep breaths of fresh air and seek medical advice as necessary.
– AdBlue® must not come into contact with other chemicals.
– Spilt AdBlue® must not get into the waste water system during disposal.

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
WARNING:
1 Filling and operating vehicles with AdBlue® are necessary to comply with the emission regula-
tions.
For fault-free operation, it is essential that sufficient AdBlue® is available in the AdBlue® tank,
otherwise damage can occur to the exhaust after-treatment systems.
If the AdBlue® has been used up or there is a fault, a fault code is displayed. Refill the AdBlue®
container immediately. If there is a fault, have the AdBlue® exhaust after-treatment checked and
maintained in an authorised Fendt specialist workshop.
1.4.5 Obligatory steps before leaving the tractor T006780
Before leaving the cab, the following points must always be observed irrespective of the time of day:
1. Never leave the tractor unattended while the engine is running.
2. Before leaving the tractor, engage neutral and secure the tractor to prevent it rolling by applying the park-
ing brake.
3. Deactivate the PTO.
4. Lower the implements.
5. Switch the engine off.
6. Remove the ignition key and lock the cab if necessary.
7. When the driver leaves the tractor, no other persons may remain in the cab
DANGER:
Operation of controls for the tractor and mounted implements by people in the cab, especially
children, should be avoided as it may result in severe or fatal injury.
Crop_this_page

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
1.5 Special safety instructions before operating the tractor
1
1.5.1 Protective clothing T006781
Use the protective clothing and equipment that you

have been given or that is required for specific
working conditions.
The following objects may be necessary:
– Protective helmet
– Protective goggles or protective mask
– Hearing protection
– Oxygen mask or breathing protection mask
– Weatherproof clothing
– Reflective clothing
– Suitable gloves
– Safety shoes
DANGER:
Do not wear loose items of clothing, jew-
ellery or the like, and keep long hair tied
Fig. 1. I019194
up as it could get caught up in the operat-
ing controls or other parts of the tractor.
1.5.2 Safety equipment and components T006782
Ensure that all safety equipment and components are fitted correctly and in good condition.
WARNING: Crop_this_page
The place of installation of the safety equipment and components and their use must be known.
Do not remove, dismantle or separate any of these components or items of equipment.
Standard safety equipment and components according to national regulations

– Seat belt
– PTO safety guard
– SMV warning triangle (not supplied as standard)
– Signal lights
– Safety signs
– Fire extinguishers (not supplied as standard)
– First-aid kits (not supplied as standard)
WARNING:
The operator must be aware of the rele-
vant emergency numbers.
Fig. 2. I019195
Additional equipment and components

Depending on the work to be carried out, other safety equipment and components may be necessary from
time to time, e.g. protective equipment, additional lights and signs.

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
1.5.3 Check the tractor

1 Check the tractor and, before starting work, ensure that all systems are functioning perfectly. Particular at-
T006783
tention should be paid to the following points.

– Check for any loose, broken, damaged or missing parts. Ensure that everything has been repaired cor-
rectly.
– Ensure that the safety belt is in good condition. If it isn't, replace it.
– Ensure that implements are attached correctly.
– Ensure that the PTO output speed is consistent with the input speed of the implement.
WARNING:
A tractor with an uneven load can tip over and cause serious injury or death. Ensure that the
counterweights on the front frame, the wheel weights and the wheel ballast are used in accor-
dance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Do not attach any additional counterweights
to compensate for overloading the tractor; reduce the load instead.
– Ensure that the tractor is correctly balanced.
– Check the condition of the tyres (no gashes or bulges) and their pressure. Change tyres that are worn out
or damaged.
– Ensure that the PTO drive latches are fully engaged.
– Check the function of the brake pedals and the parking brake. Adjust as necessary.
– Ensure that the safety guard for the tractor's PTO and the shaft are fitted correctly and that they function
perfectly.
WARNING:
Fuel or hydraulic oil under pressure can
get into the skin and eyes, resulting in se-
rious injury, blindness or death.
Leaks from liquid under pressure can be
invisible. Use a piece of cardboard or Crop_this_page
wood to find any leaks. DO NOT WORK
WITH BARE HANDS. Wear protective gog-
gles to protect your eyes. If the liquid gets
into the skin, consult a specialist in this
type of injury within a couple of hours.
WARNING:
Before separating, depressurise the hy-
draulic or fuel systems.
– Check the function of the hydraulic systems for
the tractor and implement as well as the fuel
system:
– Correct tightening torques on all connec- Fig. 3. I019192
tions
– No damage to cables, pipes and hoses
– No intersecting of the hydraulic systems
– Repair leaky or damaged parts, or have them re-
placed.
WARNING:
The pressure of the coolant increases as the temperature increases. Before removing the radi-
ator cap, switch the engine off and allow the cooling system to cool down.
– Check the engine cooling system and top up the coolant as necessary.
– All maintenance instructions must be followed.
– The weight of the tractor and implement must not exceed the permissible all-up weight for the tractor.

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
1.6 Special safety instructions for starting the tractor
1
1.6.1 Protection of other people T006785
1. Before starting the engine, go round the tractor and all attached implements. Ensure that nobody is be-
low, above or near them.
2. Make all persons in the vicinity of the tractor and attached implements aware that the tractor is being
started.
3. Only start the engine when nobody is in the vicinity of the tractor and/or implement. Look out for children
in particular.
1.6.2 Safe start T006786
General instructions
WARNING:
Exhaust gases can cause suffocation. Do not leave the engine running in a confined space.
Before starting the engine, ensure that the surrounding area is adequately ventilated.
– Always start the engine from the operator's seat.
– Adjust the seat.
– The tractor's brake pedals must be linked when used on normal roads.
– Fasten the safety belt.
– Ensure that the parking brake is activated.
DANGER:
Start the engine with the ignition key (always from the operator's seat).
Starting aid Crop_this_page

WARNING:
Never use a starting liquid or aerosols. There is a danger of explosion and the risk of very seri-
ous injury.
1.6.3 Checks after starting T006787
Controls and indicator lamps

After starting the engine, all controls and indicator lamps must be checked again. Ensure that everything is
functioning correctly.
Acknowledge any error messages that appear and respond accordingly (see operating instructions).
WARNING:
If there is a control or indicator lamp fault, the problem must be rectified before the tractor is
started.
Tractor preparation
Drive slowly until you are sure that everything is functioning perfectly. Ensure that the steering and brakes
are functioning.

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
1.7 Special safety instructions for using the tractor
1
1.7.1 General instructions T006788
– Always follow the manufacturer's operating conditions.

– The tractor's permissible all-up weight must never be exceeded.
– Always bear in mind what the tractor is being used for and the fact that the centre of gravity will change
according to the load being transported or drawn.
WARNING:
A tractor with an uneven load can tip over and cause serious injury or death. Ensure that the
counterweights on the front frame, the wheel weights and the wheel ballast are used in accor-
dance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Do not attach any additional counterweights
to compensate for overloading the tractor; reduce the load instead.
– Ensure that the tractor is correctly balanced.
– Ensure that the PTO output speed is consistent with the input speed of the implement.
– All parts of the body must remain within the cab's safety zone.
– Operate the controls sensitively, and avoid any jerking movements of the steering wheel or other oper-
ating controls.
– Always operate the controls from the operator's seat.
– Drive the tractor without jerking movements – avoid sharp bends and starting and stopping manoeuvres.
– Do not drive near ditches or riverbanks if at all possible.
– Do not drive on slopes that are too steep.
– Reduce speed in bends and gradients, and on bumpy, slippery or muddy ground.
– Keep a careful eye on the area around the route.
– Ensure that the tractor and implement have sufficient space in all directions.
Crop_this_page
– When using chemicals, observe the manufacturer's instructions relating to their use and storage.
– Adjust your road speed to take into account visibility, weather and terrain.
WARNING:
If a part is damaged, comes loose or no longer functions:
– Stop work.
– Switch the engine off.
– Check the machine and carry out the necessary adjustments and repairs before resuming
work.
DANGER:
Under no circumstances separate the hydraulic connections or carry out any adjustments to an
implement when the engine is running or the PTO is in operation. Doing so could result in se-
rious injury or death.
1.7.2 Carry passengers T004384
1. A passenger should be carried only if the tractor is fitted with an appropriate instructor seat.
2. Do not carry passengers under any other circumstances.
3. Do not open driver's doors during travel.
CAUTION:
Do not try to close the operator's door during travel if the door is resting in the first rest posi-
tion!
This can cause the operator's door to open inadvertently.

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
1.7.3 Protection of persons other than the operator

WARNING:
T006789
1
Persons may only be transported on the
seat provided for the purpose.
Nobody - may travel on the implements
(including trailers) unless the implements
are provided for carrying passengers dur-
ing field work. If they are, passengers
should only be carried during field work,
and not on normal roads.
Fig. 1. I019198
– When at the steering wheel, the operator must always keep an eye on the area immediately surrounding
the vehicle's frame.
– Never lift loads above a person.
– Nobody may remain or move in front of, under or behind an implement.
– Nobody may remain between the tractor and an implement.
– Clear all persons away from the working zone.
1.7.4 Prevent from tipping over T006790

Crop_this_page
Prevent from tipping over

– Before driving at transport speed, link the brake pedals.
– Adjust your road speed to take into account visibility, weather and terrain.
– If the tractor is equipped with a front-end loader, keep the loading bucket with the load as low as possible.
– Take bends widely at reduced speed.
– The tractor must not jerk, as there is a danger of losing control of the vehicle.
– The tractor's permissible all-up weight must never be exceeded.
– Avoid braking abruptly. Apply the brakes by gradually increasing the pressure.
WARNING:
Do not disengage gear when driving downhill.
– When driving downhill, apply the brake to the tractor with the aid of the joystick. Select the same trans-
mission ratio as when driving uphill.

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
– Do not work directly next to ditches or river-
1 banks as the ground at these points can give
way more easily. The distance between the
tractor and the edge must always be greater
than the height of the bank or ditch.
X 45°
Fig. 2. I019200
– If possible, take a straight line when driving uphill or downhill rather than at an angle to the incline. If this
is not possible, proceed as follows:
– When travelling downhill, avoid potholes and hollows.
– When travelling uphill, avoid tree stumps, stones, bumps and ridges.
– When turning, do not steer upwards; always brake and take a wide arc.
– Direct the heavier end of the tractor upwards when driving uphill and downhill.
– When the tractor is travelling on a slope with the implement on just one side, observe the following:
– The implement must always be directed upwards.
– The implement must never be raised.
– The implement must be kept as close to the ground as possible. Crop_this_page
– When towing a load at transport speed, the drawbar should be locked in the centre position and a safety
chain used.
1.7.5 Tow the tractor T006791
Follow the towing instructions in the Operator's Manual.
1.7.6 Driving the tractor T004725
1. Road speed must always be adapted to the prevailing conditions. Avoid sudden cornering when driving
uphill or downhill, or across gradients. Disengage the differential lock when cornering. Never disengage
the clutch when travelling downhill!
2. Make sure all trailers and implements are properly hitched. Driving characteristics, steering and braking
are affected by implements, trailers and ballast weights. Therefore, always ensure that there is adequate
steering and braking capacity!
3. Observe the maximum permissible gross vehicle weight, axle loads and tyre load capacity, especially if
heavy implements are attached.
4. When negotiating bends with implements connected or hitched up, always allow for the overhang and
oscillating weight of the implement.
5. The tractor may only be driven at maximum road speed under suitable road conditions, with balanced bal-
lasting (e.g. 40% on the front axle and 60% on the rear axle) and with the prescribed tyre pressure.
1.7.7 PTO operation T004728
1. Always switch off the engine before fitting or removing the drive shaft. PTO in "0" position!
2. When working on the PTO, allow no-one in the vicinity of the rotating PTO or drive shaft.
3. Make sure drive shaft and PTO are equipped with shield pipes and protective funnels.

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
4. After deactivating the PTO, it is possible that parts on the mounted implement may continue to run. In
this case, do not get too close to the implement. Work may only be carried out to the implement when
nothing is moving! 1
5. When the drive shaft is removed, cover the PTO shaft with its protective cap.
6. Nobody should be in the cab when installing and removing the drive shaft.
7. Operation of controls for the tractor and mounted implements by people in the cab, especially children,
may result in severe or fatal injury.
1.7.8 Implements and trailers T004390
1. Only attach implements and trailers using the prescribed devices.

2. Use only trailers which comply with the country-specific regulations. Do not exceed maximum vertical
bearing load. Ensure that the tractor-trailer brake system is functioning correctly.
3. Take special care when hitching trailers or implements!
4. Secure trailers and implements to prevent them rolling. Make sure that detached implements and com-
ponents are safely parked.
5. Be sure all protection devices are correctly attached and in the safety position before operating the trac-
tor.
6. When using the power lift, always remain well outside the travel range of the three-point link attachment!
7. Trailers with hydraulic brakes should not be towed at speeds in excess of 25 km/h. Trailers with pneu-
matic brakes are required for speeds in excess of 40 km/h.
Crop_this_page

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
1.8 Special safety instructions for tractor maintenance
1
1.8.1 Notes on disposal during tractor maintenance T006795
WARNING:
Contaminating effluent, watercourses or the ground is prohibited. Approved plants, waste
dumps or repair workshops that have the proper facilities for the disposal of used oil must be
used. If in doubt, seek advice from the relevant authority.
1.8.2 General maintenance instructions T004393
1. Switch the engine off and remove the key before maintenance and repair work. Relieve pressure from
implement lines, e.g. to the front loader.
2. All people should keep clear of a lifted, unsecured load (e.g. tilted cab etc.).
3. Never open or remove any safety devices while the engine is running.
4. Never handle leaking pressure lines. Fluids (fuel or hydraulic oil) escaping under high pressure can pen-
etrate the skin and cause severe injuries. If this should occur, seek medical advice immediately to avoid
the risk of serious infection.
5. Keep at a safe distance from hot areas.
6. Pressure accumulators and connected pipes are highly pressurised. Only remove and repair in accor-
dance with instructions provided in the workshop manual.
7. To avoid eye injury, do not look directly at the surface of the activated radar sensor.
8. Dispose of oil, fuel and filters properly!
9. Specialist knowledge and special fitting tools are required to fit tyres.
10. Run the tractor for a short time, then retighten all wheel nuts and bolts and check them regularly.
11. Before working on the electrical system, always remove the earth strap from the battery. Observe the Crop_this_page
following when carrying out electric welding. Before carrying out welding work on tractor or mounted im-
plements, ensure that both battery terminals are disconnected. Attach the earth terminal as close as pos-
sible to the welding point.
1.8.3 Special instructions for cleaning the tractor T006794
Before cleaning the tractor, always observe the following:

– Follow the compulsory measures when leaving the tractor see §1.4.5, page 28.
– Disconnect implements, buckets, chains and hooks, or clear them out of the way.
– Clean the foot boards, pedals and floor. Remove oil and grease. Remove mud and dust with a brush. In
winter, scrape away snow or ice.
DANGER:
Keep the foot boards, pedals and cab floor clean! Slippery or iced-up surfaces on foot boards,
pedals or cab floors can result in serious accidents.
– When washing the tractor with a hose, the water jet must not be aimed directly at electrical and elec-
tronic components.
– When using a high-pressure cleaner, a sufficient distance from the tractor must be maintained so that
neither paintwork nor seals are damaged.
– Ensure that the working areas and the engine compartment are clean.
– After cleaning, lubricate all lubrication points, door hinges and bearings.

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
1.9 Safety equipment
1
1.9.1 Safety equipment: Use and approval T006796
The safety equipment (cab and seat belts) are the main contributors to reducing injuries in the event of acci-
dents.
They must comply with all valid regulations for ag tractors.
1.9.2 Cab T006798
– The cab was designed specifically for this tractor series.

– Never carry out welding work on the cab.
– Never distort the cab.
– Never bore holes in the cab or alter the safety structure in order to attach accessories or implements.
If other operating controls or displays have to be attached within the operator's field of vision, always
seek the advice of your Fendt dealer.
– Do not secure chains or cables to the cab for towing or pulling purposes.
– After removing the cab, the bolts on the relevant safety structure must be tightened to the specified
torque when fitting prior to reusing the tractor.
WARNING:
In the event of damage to the cab as a result of an accident or other incident, the safety struc-
ture must be replaced before the tractor is used again.
Protection from objects falling from above onto the operator platform
The cab offers protection from objects falling from above by means of an enclosed ceiling compartment. The
protection level complies with OECD test code 10 (energy level: 1365 J). Work that requires a higher level of
protection requires additional protection measures.
Crop_this_page
Protection against objects penetrating the operating area from the side
There is no defined protection against objects penetrating the cab from the side.
Work that requires an appropriate level of protection requires additional protection measures.
Protection against hazardous substances penetrating the inside of the cab
The vehicle model with cab fulfils the requirements for protection against hazardous substances penetrating
the inside of the cab in accordance with EN 15695-1, category 2.
This cab offers protection against dust, but does not protect against aerosols (sprays) or vapours.
If protection against aerosols or vapours is required, additional personal protective equipment must be worn
when operating tractors equipped with this cab.
The instructions provided on the packet by the plant protection agent manufacturer must be observed.
However, the level of protection is dependent on the cab air filter used and the settings entered for the ven-
tilation system.

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
Crop_this_page

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
Table of contents
2. OPERATION
2
2.1 Operator's seat and instructor seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
2.1.1 Air-sprung super deluxe seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
2.1.2 Fendt Evolution and Fendt Evolution Active . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
2.1.3 Passenger seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
2.1.4 Multi-function armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
2.2 Display instruments and operating controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
2.2.1 Preheat starter switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
2.2.2 Combination switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
2.2.3 Steering wheel adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
2.2.4 Rapid change of direction of travel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
2.2.5 Dashboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
2.2.6 Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
2.2.7 Operating status display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
2.2.8 Multiple display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
2.2.9 Right-hand side of cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
2.2.10 Left-hand side of cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
2.2.11 Multi-function armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
2.2.12 Joystick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
2.2.13 Multifunction armrest keypad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
2.3 Vario terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
2.3.1 Comparison of the 7-inch and 10.4-inch Varioterminals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
2.3.2 Operating principles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
2.3.3 Menu overview of tractor operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Crop_this_page
2.3.4 Menu overview of management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
2.3.5 ISOBUS menu overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
2.3.6 On-board computer overview menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
2.3.7 Operating information screens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
2.3.8 Calibrate the terminal touch screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
2.3.9 Cleaning the Varioterminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
2.3.10 Tractor operation - Menu level 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
2.3.10.1 Tractor info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
2.3.10.2 Terminal display when starting with vehicle stationary . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
2.3.11.1 Tractor settings: main page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
2.3.12.1 Front power lift settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
2.3.12.2 Rear power lift settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
2.3.12.3 Rear hydraulic valves settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
2.3.12.4 Front hydraulic valve settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
2.3.12.5 Tyre pressure monitoring system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
2.3.12.6 Engine and transmission settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
2.3.12.7 Variotronic TI (headland management) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
2.3.12.8 Maintenance and diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
2.3.13.1 Hydraulic service function (workshop function) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
2.3.13.2 Rear power lift details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
2.3.13.3 Assignment of controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
2.3.13.4 Further hydraulic functions: power beyond & automaticaly steered
axle function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
2.3.13.5 TMS engine speed range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
2.3.13.6 Fuel consumption measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
2.3.13.7 Manual configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
2.3.13.8 Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
Table of contents
2.3.14 Management - Menu level 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
2.3.14.1 Information management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
2.3.15.1 Management (main page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
2 2.3.16.1 Settings selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
2.3.16.2 Settings selection keyboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
2.3.16.3 Terminal settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
2.3.16.4 ISOBUS information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
2.3.17 ISOBUS menu level 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
2.3.17.1 ISOBUS implement control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
2.3.18.1 Assignment overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
2.3.19.1 Assignment of controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
2.3.19.2 VT settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
2.3.19.3 ISOBUS control screens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
2.4 Reset function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
2.4.1 Restore default settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
2.5 Sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
2.5.1 Sockets in the cab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
2.5.2 Front socket. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
2.5.3 Rear sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
2.6 Set the time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
2.6.1 Set the time in the instrument panel using the Varioterminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
2.7 Main electrical switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
2.7.1 Main electrical isolation switch (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
2.8 Heating and ventilation system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
2.8.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
2.8.2 Overview of controls and air nozzles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
2.8.3 Function indicators in the multiple display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Crop_this_page
2.8.4 Fan speed selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
2.8.5 Overpressure operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
2.8.6 Defrost mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
2.8.7 Cool mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
2.8.8 Automatic mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
2.8.9 Protection against hazardous substances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
2.9 Rear view mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
2.9.1 Adjust rear view mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
2.10 Start-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
2.10.1 Save fuel by locking the hydraulics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
2.10.2 Check daily . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
2.10.3 Cold weather operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
2.10.4 Tool box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
2.11 Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
2.11.1 Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
2.11.2 Terminal display when starting with vehicle stationary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
2.11.3 Terminal display during starting (vehicle moving) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
2.11.4 boost start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
2.11.5 Towing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
2.12 Stopping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
2.12.1 Stopping the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
2.12.2 Stopping and immobilising the tractor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
2.12.3 Terminal display when the engine is switched off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
2.13 Vario transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
2.13.1 Joystick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
2.13.2 Neutral position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
2.13.3 Set acceleration rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
2.13.4 Travel range selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
2.13.5 Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
2.13.6 Turbo-clutch function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
2.13.7 Change of travel direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
Table of contents
2.13.8 Programmed change in direction of travel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
2.13.9 Tempomat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
2.13.10 Load limit control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
2.13.11 Store engine speeds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
2.13.12 Towing instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
2.14 Emergency mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.14.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
146
146
2
2.14.2 Activate emergency mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
2.14.3 Select the transmission ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
2.15 Fuel consumption measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
2.15.1 Fuel consumption measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
2.16 Tractor Management System (TMS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
2.16.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
2.16.2 Engine management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
2.16.3 Throttle pedal - operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
2.16.4 Set TMS engine speed range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
2.17 PTO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
2.17.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
2.17.2 Rear PTO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
2.17.3 Engage and disengage rear PTO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
2.17.4 Front PTO (optional). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
2.17.5 Engage and disengage front PTO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
2.17.6 Calibrate rear and front PTO clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
2.18 Four-wheel drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
2.18.1 4WD operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
2.19 Differential lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
2.19.1 Differential lock operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
2.20 Front axle suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
2.20.1 Operating the front axle suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
2.21 Power lift and PTO automatic mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
2.21.1 Power lift automatic mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Crop_this_page
2.21.2 PTO automatic mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
2.21.3 PTO automatic mode with power lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
2.21.4 Modify standard settings for rear automatic mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
2.22 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
2.22.1 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
2.22.2 Foot brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
2.22.3 Hand brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
2.22.4 Brake release screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
2.22.5 Hydraulic trailer brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
2.22.6 Engine brake (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
2.23 Steering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
2.23.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
2.23.2 Steering wheel adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
2.24 Hydraulics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
2.24.1 General notes for hydraulic operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
2.24.2 Valve equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
2.24.3 Lock the EHS valves (all) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
2.24.4 Operate the valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
2.24.5 Set the valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
2.24.6 Locking individual valves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
2.24.7 Set the time function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
2.24.8 Priority function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
2.24.9 Set the valve response sensitivity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
2.24.10 Set the flow rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
2.24.11 External valve actuation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
2.24.12 Set the floating position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
2.24.13 Automatic steering axle mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
2.24.14 Increase the hydraulic control pressure for an external hydraulic coupling:
Power beyond . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
2.24.15 Switch function for EHS valve actuation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
2.24.16 Manual operation i.e. emergency mode, of the EHS valves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
Table of contents
2.24.17 EHS valve heating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
2.24.18 Hydraulic connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
2.24.19 Use of the 3rd or 4th hydraulic circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
2.25 Rear electronic power lift control (EPC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
2.25.1 Safety switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
2 2.25.2 EPC operating controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.25.3 Rear power lift settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
202
204
2.25.4 Lock/unlock rear power lift. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
2.25.5 Prioritise the rear power lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
2.25.6 Hydraulic service function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
2.25.7 SA / DA activation and settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
2.25.8 Lift height limit settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
2.25.9 Raise/lower speed settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
2.25.10 Set the shock load stabilising system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
2.25.11 Position-tractive power-mix control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
2.25.12 Electronic slip control system (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
2.25.13 Lower link lateral stabiliser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
2.25.14 Electro-hydraulic external control (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
2.25.15 Implement socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
2.26 Working with the EPC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
2.26.1 Attach three-point implements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
2.26.2 Remove three-point implements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
2.26.3 Set the transport height for three-point implements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
2.26.4 Road transport with shock load stabilising system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
2.26.5 Calibrate the speed display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
2.27 Power lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
2.27.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
2.27.2 Lower link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
2.27.3 Height-adjustable lift links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
2.27.4 Mechanical side lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
2.27.5 Manually adjustable front/rear top link. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Crop_this_page
2.27.6 Ball holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
2.28 Front power lift. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
2.28.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
2.28.2 Lower linkage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
2.28.3 Safety switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
2.28.4 Standard front power lift controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
2.28.5 Comfort front power lift controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
2.28.6 Front power lift settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
2.28.7 Lock/unlock front power lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
2.28.8 Prioritise front power lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
2.28.9 Hydraulic service function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
2.28.10 SA / DA activation and settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
2.28.11 Lift height limit settings for front power lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
2.28.12 Raise/lower speed settings for front power lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
2.28.13 Set the time function (standard front power lift) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
2.29 Trailer components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
2.29.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
2.29.2 Calculation of towing capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
2.29.3 Trailer hitch bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
2.29.4 Manual trailer coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
2.29.5 Automatic trailer coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
2.29.6 Attachment for trailer couplings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
2.29.7 Ball-type coupling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
2.29.8 Piton Fix. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
2.29.9 Shackle with Piton Fix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
2.29.10 Draw bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
2.29.11 Hydraulic trailer hitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
2.30 Compressed air system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
2.30.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
2.30.2 Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
Table of contents
2.31 Additional ballast. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
2.31.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
2.31.2 Front/rear ballast weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
2.31.3 Wheel weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
2.31.4 Water ballasting of tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
2.31.5 Front weights without front power lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.31.6 Ballasting recommendations for field use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
259
260
2
2.32 Track width adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
2.32.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
2.32.2 Wide vehicle marker lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
2.32.3 Rear axle stub shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
2.33 Tyre pressure monitoring system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
2.33.1 Operate tyre pressure monitoring system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
2.34 Twin tyres. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
2.34.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
2.34.2 Conditions for use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
2.34.3 Dual wheels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
2.35 Changing tyre size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
2.35.1 Setting speed display for changed tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
2.36 Load implement settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
2.36.1 Load implement and save current implement settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
2.37 Save implement settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
2.37.1 Save implement on stopping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
2.37.2 Settings that can be saved. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
2.38 On-board computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
2.38.1 Call up and switch on the on-board computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
2.38.2 Call up and configure trigger settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
2.39 ISO implement control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
2.39.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
2.39.2 ISOBUS activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
2.39.3 Position ISOBUS application on the terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Crop_this_page
2.39.4 Connect the ISOBUS implement and load the software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
2.39.5 Assigning implement functions to the FENDT joystick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
2.39.6 Assignment of implement functions to external control lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
2.39.7 Delete assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
2.39.8 Using an external display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
2.40 Variotronic TI (TeachIn) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
2.40.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
2.40.2 Functions and dependencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
2.40.3 Call up and activate Variotronic TI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
2.40.4 Joystick assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
2.40.5 Record an operational sequence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
2.40.6 Start an operational sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
2.40.7 Configure operational sequence manually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
2.40.8 Step mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
Table of contents
Crop_this_page

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.1 Operator's seat and instructor seat
2.1.1 Air-sprung super deluxe seat T004447
DANGER: 2
Never adjust the operator's seat while the tractor is moving (risk of accident)!
WARNING:
Before starting the vehicle or changing operator, adjust the seat to accomodate the new oper-
ator's weight and height. If a safety belt is fitted, it must always be fastened.
Fig. 1. I012609
Crop_this_page
A Backrest extension Adjust the backrest ex- G Armrest height adjustment Remove cap and
tension by pulling up along notched stops. To loosen hex nut. Move the armrest to the re-
remove the backrest extension, pull past end quired position, tighten hex nut (25 Nm) and
stop with a jerk. refit cap.
B Switch for seat heater H Lever for adjusting shock absorber Turn the
0 = Seat heater OFF lever to the required setting and release.
1 = Seat heater ON Lever forwards = hard suspension
C Switch for lumbar support (curvature at top). Lever central = average suspension
The curvature is increased (+) or reduced (-) by Lever backwards = soft suspension
pressing the corresponding switch. If the cur- J Handle for combined height and weight ad-
vature no longer changes when (+) is pressed, justment. Weight adjustment must be carried
the maximum curvature has been reached. To out with the vehicle at a standstill and the op-
protect the compressor, release the switch. erator sitting perfectly still in the operator's
D Switch for lumbar support (curvature at bot- seat. WEIGHT SETTING: Briefly pull control
tom). The curvature is increased (+) or reduced up. HEIGHT SETTING: Pull up or push down on
(-) by pressing the corresponding switch. If the control until the required position is obtained.
curvature no longer changes when (+) is Actuate the compressor for 1 minute max.
pressed, the maximum curvature has been K Lever for horizontal suspension To compen-
reached. To protect the compressor, release sate for shock loads in the direction of travel
the switch. (e.g. when driving with a trailer), it is beneficial
E Control for tilt adjustment of the backrest. to engage the horizontal suspension.
Pull control upwards. Adjust seat angle by Lever forwards = OFF
pushing back on and releasing the backrest un- Lever backwards = ON
til the required position is obtained. After ad- When the horizontal suspension is switched
justing, the control must lock in place and it off, the locking lever must audibly lock in the
should no longer be possible to move the required position. To do this, push the seat
backrest. When locking the control in place, back until it cannot be moved into any other
apply only light pressure on the back. position.
F Seat belt

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
L Lever for swivelling seat Pull lever; seat can O Control for seat tilt adjustment Pull control
now be swivelled freely to the right or left up upwards. While actuating the control, the re-
to the end stop. After adjusting, the control quired position can be set by pressing on or re-
must audibly lock in the required position. Af- leasing weight on the front or back of the seat.
ter locking, it should no longer be possible to P Lever for lengthways adjustment Pull con-
2 M
move the operator's seat to another position.
Adjustable for armrest tilt adjustment The
trol upwards. While actuating the control, the
required position can be set by sliding the seat
lengthways tilt of the armrest can be adjusted forward or back. After adjusting, the control
by turning the hand wheel. If the wheel is must audibly lock in the required position. Af-
turned outwards, the front of the armrest is ter locking, the operator's seat should no lon-
raised; if it is turned inwards, the front of the ger be able to be moved. Do not raise the lever
armrest is lowered. with your leg or calf.
N Control for seat depth adjustment Pull con-
forward or back.
2.1.2 Fendt Evolution and Fendt Evolution Active T004448
(optional)
NOTE: With mechanically controlled suspension and active seat climate system.
DANGER:
Never adjust the operator's seat while the tractor is moving (risk of accident)!
WARNING:
Before starting the vehicle or changing operator, adjust the seat to accomodate the new oper-
ator's weight and height. If a safety belt is fitted, it must always be fastened.
Crop_this_page
Fig. 2. I012610
A Control for seat depth adjustment C Lever for lengthways adjustment

Pull control upwards. While actuating the con- Pull control upwards. While actuating the con-
trol, the required position can be set by sliding trol, the required position can be set by sliding
the seat forwards or back. the seat forwards or back. After adjusting, the
B Control for seat tilt adjustment control must audibly lock in the required posi-
Pull control upwards. While actuating the con- tion. After locking, the operator's seat should
trol, the required position can be set by press- no longer be able to be moved. Do not raise
ing on or releasing weight on the front or back the lever with your leg or calf.
of the seat.

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION 2. OPERATION
L Lever for swivelling seat Pull lever; seat can O Control for seat tilt adjustment Pull control D Lever for swivelling seat The curvature is increased (+) or reduced (-) by
now be swivelled freely to the right or left up upwards. While actuating the control, the re- Pull lever; seat can now be swivelled freely to pressing the corresponding switch. To prevent
to the end stop. After adjusting, the control quired position can be set by pressing on or re- the right or left up to the end stop. After adjust- unnecessary air loss, do not actuate the (+)
must audibly lock in the required position. Af- leasing weight on the front or back of the seat. ing, the control must audibly lock in the re- switch after the maximum curvature has been
ter locking, it should no longer be possible to P Lever for lengthways adjustment Pull con- quired position. After locking, the operator's obtained; otherwise, it may result in lowering
2 M
move the operator's seat to another position.
Adjustable for armrest tilt adjustment The
seat should no longer be able to be moved.
K
of the operator's seat.
Switch for lumbar support (curvature at top)
2
E Fendt Evolution:
lengthways tilt of the armrest can be adjusted forward or back. After adjusting, the control Setting the vertical shock absorber The curvature is increased (+) or reduced (-) by
by turning the hand wheel. If the wheel is must audibly lock in the required position. Af- Turn the lever to the required setting and re- pressing the corresponding switch. To prevent
turned outwards, the front of the armrest is ter locking, the operator's seat should no lon- lease. air loss, do not actuate the (+) switch after the
raised; if it is turned inwards, the front of the ger be able to be moved. Do not raise the lever Lever forwards = hard suspension maximum curvature has been reached.
armrest is lowered. with your leg or calf. Lever backwards = soft suspension L Switch for seat heater and seat climate sys-
N Control for seat depth adjustment Pull con- Fendt Evolution Active: tem
trol upwards. While actuating the control, the Operating mode 1 = Seat soft, seat lowered by The active seat climate system ensures that
required position can be set by sliding the seat 20 mm the seat surface will always be dry. Centre =
forward or back. Operating mode 2 = Seat soft, smaller comfort OFF Left = seat heating ON (seat climate sys-
area tem OFF) Right = seat climate system ON
Operating mode 3 = Seat soft, standard set- (seat heating OFF)
ting M Adjustment wheel for armrest tilt adjust-
Operating mode 4 = Seat medium ment
2.1.2 Fendt Evolution and Fendt Evolution Active T004448 Operating mode 5 = Seat hard, seat lowered The lengthways tilt of the armrest can be ad-
(optional) by 20 mm. justed by turning the hand wheel. If the wheel
NOTE: For smaller operators, select operating is turned outwards (+), the front of the armrest
NOTE: With mechanically controlled suspension and active seat climate system. mode 1 or 5. is raised; if it is turned inwards (-), the front of
DANGER: the armrest is lowered.
F Handle for combined height and weight ad- N Armrest height adjustment
Never adjust the operator's seat while the tractor is moving (risk of accident)! justment Remove cap, loosen hex nut. Move the arm-
WARNING: WEIGHT SETTING: Automatically adjusts as rest to the required position, tighten hex nut
Before starting the vehicle or changing operator, adjust the seat to accomodate the new oper- soon as the operator sits in the seat. (25 Nm) and refit cap.
ator's weight and height. If a safety belt is fitted, it must always be fastened. HEIGHT SETTING: Pull up or push down on O Backrest extension
control until the required position is obtained. Adjust the backrest extension by pulling up
If the upper or lower limit is reached, Crop_this_page
height is along notched stops. To remove the backrest
automatically regulated upward or downward extension, pull past end stop with a jerk.
to guarantee minimum suspension travel. Ac- P Seat belt mount
tuate the compressor for 1 minute max. R Lever for horizontal suspension
G Lever for lateral suspension To better compensate for shock loads in travel
To compensate for shock loads across the di- direction (e.g. when driving with a trailer), it is
rection of travel (e.g. when driving with a beneficial to engage the horizontal suspension
trailer), it is beneficial to engage the lateral sus- Lever forwards = OFF
pension. Lever backwards = ON
Lever down = OFF When the horizontal suspension is switched
Lever up = ON off, the locking lever must audibly lock in the
NOTE: Disengage lateral suspension when at required position. To do this, push the seat
a road speed above 20 km/h. back until it cannot be moved into any other
H Control for tilt adjustment of the backrest position.
Pull control upwards. Adjust seat angle by Si Fuses
pushing back on and releasing the backrest un- To change the fuses, pull out split pin (1) and
til the required position is obtained. After set- remove cover (2).
ting, the control must lock in place and the Fuse 1 = 7.5 A, for seat heater and seat cli-
Fig. 2. I012610 backrest should no longer move. mate system
J Switch for lumbar support (curvature at bot- Fuse 2 = (10 A), for compressor and level con-
A Control for seat depth adjustment C Lever for lengthways adjustment
tom) trol.
Pull control upwards. While actuating the con- Pull control upwards. While actuating the con-
trol, the required position can be set by sliding trol, the required position can be set by sliding
the seat forwards or back. the seat forwards or back. After adjusting, the 2.1.3 Passenger seat T005085
B Control for seat tilt adjustment control must audibly lock in the required posi-
Pull control upwards. While actuating the con- tion. After locking, the operator's seat should NOTE: The passenger seat is used to accommodate and transport an adult person.
trol, the required position can be set by press- no longer be able to be moved. Do not raise
WARNING:
ing on or releasing weight on the front or back the lever with your leg or calf.
of the seat. Always fasten safety belt.
46 FENDT X911 - EAME FENDT X911 - EAME 47

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en) 945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
– To turn, pull lever (A).
– To tilt, pull lever (B).
– Adjust the passenger seat until it clicks into the
default position.
2
Fig. 3. I012197
NOTE: Always fasten the safety belt in the belt

buckle so that the tongue of the belt does not inad-
vertently become positioned between the mud-
guard and the operator's door. This can damage the
operator's door.
Fig. 4. I012198
Deluxe passenger seat (optional)

– Pull lever (A), then lock seat into position by Crop_this_page
pushing down then back.
Fig. 5. I012199

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.1.4 Multi-function armrest T005086
A Height adjustment
Pull control upwards. While actuating the con-
trol, the required position is set by adding or re-
moving weight on the multi-function armrest.
2
B Lengthways adjustment
Pull control upwards. While actuating the con-
trol, the required position can be set by sliding
the multi-function armrest forward or back.
Fig. 6. I012200
A Electric mirror adjustment

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.2 Display instruments and operating controls
2.2.1 Preheat starter switch T004707
2 0 Consumers off, key can be removed.

I General consumers, key cannot be removed +
preheating (automatic).
II Starting + consumers.
NOTE: To prevent problems when the tractor
is started. Keep additional ignition keys with
transponder away from the ignition switch or
remove from the bunch of keys. Fig. 1. I012616
2.2.2 Combination switch T004710
A Right direction indicator.

B Left direction indicator.
C 1. With lights switched on: toggle between
dipped and main beam or vice versa.
2. With lights switched off: main light flash
D Horn.
E Windscreen washer (wiper runs automati-
cally).
F Windscreen wiper with intermittent and con-
tinuous operation.
NOTE: The length of an interval can be set. To
do this, switch intermittent operation (F) on
and off, and then on and off again. The period
of time before it is switched on for the second Fig. 2. I012618
Crop_this_page
time is adopted as the new interval if it is
shorter than the default interval.
2.2.3 Steering wheel adjustment T005087
Without reverse drive control

– Press pedal (A) and move the steering wheel to
the required position.
WARNING:
Never adjust the steering wheel while the
tractor is moving!
Fig. 3. I012202

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
With reverse drive control
– Press pedal (A) and move the steering wheel to
the required position.
Fig. 4. I012203
2.2.4 Rapid change of direction of travel T005049
– Press button (A).

The tractor slows to a standstill and accelerates in
the opposite direction until it reaches the previous
transmission ratio.
Crop_this_page
Fig. 5. I011485
2.2.5 Dashboard T005088
Fig. 6. I012205

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
A Warning light ON - OFF K Rear windscreen wiper intermittent operation
B Rotating beacon ON - OFF ON - OFF
C Main switch for the work lights ON - OFF NOTE: The length of an interval can be set.
D Work lights ON - OFF Switch windscreen wiper intermittent opera-
E Additional headlight (standard with front tion (K) on and off, and then on and off again.
2 F
power lift).
Front headlights ON - OFF
The period of time before it is switched on for
the second time is adopted as the new interval
G Rear window heater and rear view mirror if it is shorter than the default interval.
heater with automatic shut-off function ON -
L Fan settings (appear on multiple display)
OFF
M Air conditioning system temperature settings
NOTE: The rear windscreen heater must be (appear on multiple display)
activated. The rear view mirror heater auto- N Air conditioning system ON - OFF
matically switches on below a temperature of O Air conditioning system, cold weather opera-
+ 12 °C and remains switched on until the traction (defrost)
tor is restarted. P Air conditioning system, Auto mode
H Rear window washer system (wipers run auto- R Cab overpressure fan ON - OFF
matically) S Air flow distribution top, centre, bottom
J Hydraulic trailer brake pressure release T Control keys for multiple display
NOTE: The required function is activated if the LED next to the button lights up.
2.2.6 Instrument panel T005042
Crop_this_page
Fig. 7. I012015
A Operating status display, displays engine and C Operating status display, displays travel speed
PTO speeds. information.
B Multiple display, displays time, operating
hours, air conditioning system, warning and
fault messages see §2.1.1, page 45.

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Hazard lights
Warning flasher unit
Forward travel direction

Left direction indicator
2
Flasher unit, 1st trailer Flasher unit, 2nd trailer
Charging indicator 1 (right Charge indicator 2 (left side),

side), alternator not charging alternator not charging
Pre-heater indicator Hydraulic trailer brake
Hydraulic oil supply Compressed air supply
Fuel supply engine temperature
Right direction indicator Reverse travel direction
Main beam 4WD engaged
Differential lock engaged Cruise control enabled
Crop_this_page
ABS function indicator
2.2.7 Operating status display T005050
Fig. 8. I012064

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
A Hydraulic oil supply G No. of operating hours
Display in red zone, hydraulic oil volume is low. NOTE: The default display is the time and the
Fill up hydraulic oil. number of operating hours. This is interrupted
Display flashes in red zone, hydraulic oil vol- for warnings, fault messages and on-board
ume is very low. Fill up hydraulic oil. computer functions.
2 B Compressed air supply
Display flashes in the red zone, working pres-
H Fuel supply
Display in red zone, fuel supply is low. Fill up
sure has not yet been reached.
with fuel. Display flashes in red zone, fuel sup-
Display in the green zone, working pressure
ply is very low. Fill up with fuel.
has been reached.
J Engine temperature.
NOTE: The working pressure for operation of When the bar indicators reach the red zone, re-
the trailer is only sufficient when the triangle lieve the engine of load immediately and allow
mark (arrow) is reached. to cool down for about 2 minutes at 1000 rpm,
C Engine speed then turn the engine off.
D Rear PTO speed K Speed display with radar sensor (optional).
E Front PTO speed L Speed display
F Time (determined from the tyre circumference)
NOTE: For a precise reading, adjust the speed
display under operating conditions.
2.2.8 Multiple display T005089
Multiple display control key

A Return to previous menu level.
B Key for browsing through the menu levels and
setting functions.
C Key for calling up menu levels and entering
settings.
Crop_this_page
Fig. 9. I012208
Default display
A AdBlue® display (DEF)
B Time
C Fan speeds
D Setpoint temperature
E Exterior temperature
F Operating hours
NOTE: After approx. 10 seconds, the AdBlue® dis-
play switches to the air conditioning and ventilation
display.
Fig. 10. I012449

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
WARNING:
Filling and operating vehicles with AdBlue® are necessary to comply with the emission regula-
tions.
otherwise damage can occur to the exhaust after-treatment systems.
If the AdBlue® has been used up or there is a fault, a fault code is displayed. Refill the AdBlue® 2
Press button to switch between the AdBlue® consumption display and the air conditioning and
ventilation display.
First main menu level

Press key; the following menu appears.
Fault memory
Change menu level
Fig. 11. I022786
Crop_this_page

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Second main menu level
Use the control keys fig. 9 to select the required
menus.
Transmission calibration menu, display
2 (A) appears fig. 13.
Front PTO calibration menu, display (B)

appears.
NOTE: Only appears if front PTO is fit-
ted.
Front power lift calibration menu, dis-
play (C) appears.
NOTE: Only displayed if comfort front
power lift control is fitted.
Front axle suspension calibration
menu, display (D) appears.
Rear PTO calibration menu, display (E)

appears fig. 14.
EPC calibration menu, display (F)

appears.
Fig. 12. I011579

Hydraulic system calibration menu,
display (G) appears.
Crop_this_page
Steering calibration menu, display (H)
appears.
Heating valve calibration menu, dis-

play (J) flashes.
NOTE: Calibration runs automatically.

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Transmission calibration menu
Use the control keys fig. 9 to select the required
menus.
Transmission calibration, display (A)
appears. 2
Tyre circumference display, display (B)
appears.
NOTE: Tyre circumference specified
by default. Tyre circumference can be
changed manually. If a speed display
is calibrated, the tyre circumference is
stored automatically.
Fig. 13. I011584
Calibrate tyre circumference/radar
sensor, display (C) appears.
NOTE: Setting range is
30 - 100 metres.
Change acceleration rate for level I,
display (D) appears.
NOTE: Setting range is 0.02-0.5 km/h.
Rear PTO calibration menu

Use the control keys fig. 9 to select the required menus.
Rear PTO calibration, display (A)

appears.
Choose default settings for the Crop_this_page

switch-on point for automatic mode,
display (B) appears.
Change switch-on point for automatic

mode, display (C) appears.
Fig. 14. I011586
2.2.9 Right-hand side of cab T005095
A Fuses
B Mounting device for additional implements.
C Storage compartment
D Radio installation equipment
NOTE: Before starting up the EU control de-
vice, (digital tachograph), read and observe the
enclosed operator's manual (Continental)!
Fig. 15. I012228

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.2.10 Left-hand side of cab T005097
A Under the panel, thread for screwing on a stor-

age box etc.
2 B Air vent
NOTE: Do not connect mounted accessories to the
tractor air-conditioning system.
Fig. 16. I012229
Storage box
A Adjustable air vent
NOTE: Air is blown out at the temperature set
on the control panel.
Crop_this_page
Fig. 17. I012231
2.2.11 Multi-function armrest T005103
Power version
A Joystick
C EPC and PTO control unit
D Throttle pedal resolution
E Multifunction armrest keypad
F Oddments tray and electric mirror adjustment
G Hand throttle
H Linear modules for operating hydraulic valves
J Varioterminal
Fig. 18. I012249

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Professional version
A Joystick
B Crossgate lever
C EPC and PTO control unit
D
E
Throttle pedal resolution
Multifunction armrest keypad 2
F Oddments tray and electric mirror adjustment
G Hand throttle
H Linear modules for operating hydraulic valves.
J Varioterminal
Fig. 19. I012250
2.2.12 Joystick T010277
A GO 1
– Variotronic TI: Start/end sequence GO 1
see §2.40.4, page 309 " #
– Rear power lift automatic mode: "Control" $
function see §2.21.1, page 169 %
– Rear PTO automatic mode: Start rear PTO
&
see §2.21.2, page 170
'
B Floating position; red valve see §2.24.4, (
page 179
Crop_this_page
C GO 2
– Variotronic TI: Start/end sequence GO 2
see §2.40.4, page 309
– Front power lift automatic mode: "Control"
function see §2.21.1, page 169
– Rear PTO automatic mode: Start front PTO
see §2.21.2, page 170
D Raise/lower red valve see §2.24.4, page 179
E END 1
– Variotronic TI: Start/end sequence END 1
see §2.40.4, page 309
– Rear power lift automatic function: "Raise"
– Rear PTO automatic mode: Stop rear PTO
see §2.21.2, page 170
Fig. 20. I025533
F Activate cruise control 2 see §2.13.9,
page 136
G Activate max. engine speed see §2.16.2,
page 151
NOTE: The button assignment shown is only applicable for the Fendt settings see §2.24.15, page 195.

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
H Activate min. engine speed see §2.16.2,
page 151
I Select acceleration rate see §2.13.3, page 128 . /
J Activate cruise control 1 see §2.13.9, -
page 136
2 K Raise/lower green valve see §2.24.4,
,
page 179 +
L END 2 *
– Variotronic TI: Start/end sequence END 2 )
see §2.40.4, page 309
– Front power lift automatic mode: "Raise"
– Rear PTO automatic mode: Stop front PTO
see §2.21.2, page 170
M Floating position; green valve see §2.24.4,
page 179
N Stop
– Front/rear power lift automatic mode: Link-
age remains see §2.21.1, page 169
– Front/rear PTO automatic mode: Disen-
gage PTOs see §2.21.2, page 170 0 *
O Activation button
Fig. 21. I025542
2.2.13 Multifunction armrest keypad T005104

Crop_this_page
Fig. 22. I012251
A Travel range I J VarioGuide ON - OFF

B Travel range II K VarioGuide standby
C Throttle pedal mode ON - OFF L Front linkage automatic mode
D Tractor Management System ON - OFF M Rear linkage automatic mode
E Variotronic TeachIn ON - OFF N 4WD automatic mode ON - OFF
F Transmission neutral ON - OFF O 4WD 100% ON - OFF
G Lock for hydraulic valves ON - OFF P Differential lock automatic mode ON - OFF
H - Q Differential lock 100% ON - OFF
945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
R Suspension mode W Rear PTO speed preselection level neutral
S Lock mode X Front PTO automatic mode ON - OFF
T Rear PTO speed preselection level 1000 Y Rear PTO automatic mode ON - OFF
U Rear PTO speed preselection level 540E
V Rear PTO speed preselection level 1000E
2
NOTE: If the LED next to the pressed key is lit, the required function is activated.
Crop_this_page

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.3 Vario terminal
2.3.1 Comparison of the 7-inch and 10.4-inch Varioterminals T006352
2 Brief overview of the two terminals

7-inch Varioterminal 10.4-inch Varioterminal
Hardware
Screen diagonals 7 inches 10.4 inches
Resolution 480 x 800 800 x 600
Ports USB, Ethernet USB, Bluetooth, Ethernet, 2x camera
Anti-reflective coat- + +
ing
Touch screen + +
External control + +
panel
Internal memory 1 GB 4 GB
Applications
Tractor operation + +
VarioGuide - +
VarioDoc - +
Variotronic imple- + +
ment control (ISO-
BUS)
Variotronic TI + +
Crop_this_page
Management of + +
implement settings
2 cameras - +
Map display - +
NOTE: In this Operator's Manual, operation of the tractor is displayed on the large Varioterminal as standard;
differences are pointed out as necessary.
2.3.2 Operating principles T004968
10.4-inch Varioterminal display

A Touch screen A
B External control panel
It is possible to operate the 10.4-inch terminal with
the touch screen (A) or with the aid of the external
control panel (B).
NOTE: Not all functions are available using touch
screen. Some functions can only be activated using
the external control panel. B
Fig. 1. I012435

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
External control panel
Keys on the external control panel
A Help key
B ESC key
A B C
C
D
Rotary wheel
Placement key G 2
E Home key
F Navigation keys (left - right / up - down) for cur- G
sor operation F
G Confirmation key
D
E
Fig. 2. External control panel I012426
Key functions
Key Function
A Help Show information on operation of the terminal/tractor function
B ESC Jump up one menu level
Jump to the first level if the key is kept pressed (more than 2 s)
C Rotary (Dynamic) setting of numbers or selection from lists by turning the wheel
wheel Confirmation (equivalent to the OK button in the middle of the navigation keys) by pressing
the wheel
D Position- Positioining of applications on the screen, see see "Screen allocation", page 66
ing
E Home The tractor information screen is always shown in the top right quarter when the Home key Crop_this_page
is pressed. The current applications are retained in the other quarters and set to their start-
ing condition (retracted)
F Cursor Alternative terminal operation by moving the focus frame
keys
G Confirma- Key for confirmation of input
tion key
Page layout
The screen is subdivided into 4 equal sections:

In the adjoining example, the camera view can be '!%*!$%

"$+$(
*)+(&'!)+

seen in the top left area of the display.
#
The tractor information screen is in the top right.

#$!)'

)

#

The two sections in the bottom left and bottom

right are occupied by the map view.

NOTE: Occupation of the screen areas with the

#
various applications is described in the chapter

Screen allocation.

Fig. 3. 10.4-inch Varioterminal screen display I016058

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Navigation - control by touch
Navigation is done with the soft keys (programmed
keys in the screen area) on the right or left edge of
the screen (areas A, B).
Fig. 4. I015390
The easiest way to operate the soft keys is by di-

rectly touching the screen.
If the focus (red border) is in the soft key bar, as
shown in the graphic, then the focus can be moved
using the cursor keys on the external control panel
and then confirmed with the OK button.
Fig. 5. I015393
Quick jumps Crop_this_page

For the information and main setting pages (e.g.
tractor settings), there are additional areas (A, B)
that lead to other setting pages (e.g. power lift set-
tings) when touched. In the adjoining example, only
the front (A) and rear (B) areas for the power lift set-
tings are shown shaded for illustrative purposes.
Fig. 6. I015392

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Navigation - control with external control panel
Using the cursor keys (A), the focus (red frame) is

moved to the nearest element on the right or left,
while the cursor keys (B) are used to move the fo- !%!#& %#
cus frame up or down.

The rotary wheel (C) can be used to change the rel-

&
# $"!#%

2
evant number or bar value.

Fig. 7. I016026
Pressing the "OK" key (D) within the cursor keys or

on the rotary wheel (E) of the external control panel
actuates the switch in the focus. $ "%$"
%

"#! "$

Crop_this_page

Fig. 8. I016043
If there is a selection list in the focus frame, then a F

selection window (e.g. selection list for an external Hydraulikventile Heck
D
valve) appears when (D) or (E) is actuated. Ventilauswahl Pflug
E
Scroll through the list with the aid of the rotary 30l 30l 10s
wheel.
30l 30l
Confirm and close the selection by pressing (D) or
(E). 30l 30l 10s EXT
Close without changing with ESC (F). 30l 30l
30l 30l
30l 30l 10s

Ventil für externe Betätigung
EXT
Fig. 9. I016049

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Screen allocation
When the "positioning view" is shown by actuating the appropriate key provided on the external control panel,
symbols are displayed on each of the four screen sections for the application groups that can be displayed
there.
Soft keys for application groups:
2 A Fendt tractor applications (tractor functions, F
VarioGuide functions, VarioDoc functions, E
setup functions) A G
(always placed in the top right) Info+
B Interactive map displays
C Fendt-Info-Info+ (pre-configured and screens
with important information)
D Camera applications B
E ISOBUS implement applications
Additional soft keys C
+ +
Info+
Info Info+
Info
F Confirmation of selection and leave the page
G Leave the page without accepting the selec- D
tion
Fig. 10. I014448
Crop_this_page

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.3.3 Menu overview of tractor operation T008975
Tractor operation: Part 1
3 4
2
Frontkraftheber Servicefunktionen
Pflug
85 % 85 %
45%
61%
45%
45%
28 bar
Heckkraftheber Heckkraftheber Details

Pflug Pflug
45%
45%
60%
80%
45%
2 45%
45%
45%
60%
Schlepper Hauptseite
28 bar
Pflug
1 > 15,0 km/h
Schlepper Info 45%

Pflug
km km 27,5 34,8 15,0 6,8

25,7 /h 34,8 /h
l
Hydraulikventile Heck Belegung Bedienelemente
27,5 /ha
AUTO
15 %
Pflug Pflug
km
37,0 /h
30l 30l
Crop_this_page
30l 30l 10s
30l 30l 10s
30l 30l 10s
30l 30l 10s
30l 30l 10s
EXT
Hydraulikventile Heck Weitere Hydraulikfunktionen

Pflug Pflug
30l 30l 10s 45 bar
30l 30l 10s

30,0 km/h
5,0 km/h
Ventil für Anhänger-Lenkachse
Fig. 11. I022641
1 Menu level: 4 Menu level:

– Tractor info – Service function
2 Menu level: – Power lift details
– Tractor settings (main page) – Assignment of controls
3 Menu level: – Other hydraulic functions
– Power lift and valve settings

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
3 4
Motor und Getriebe TMS Motordrehzahlbereich
Pflug Pflug
2 27,5 34,8
1400
1/min
2000
1/min
AUTO 15 %
15,0 6,8
1400 2000
Verbrauchsmessung
5,4 l/ha
Variotronic TI
Kreiselegge
8,0 l/ha
STOP
PLAY 224,5 l
2
RECORD 457,8 l
1 l/h l/ha
Pflug
1 %
EDIT offline
Schlepper Info
Pflug
km km 27,5 34,8 15,0 6,8

25,7 /h 34,8 /h
l
27,5 /ha
AUTO
15 %
km
37,0 /h
Manuelle Zusammenstellung
Pflug
Variotronic TI
Pflug Go 1
Funktion Auslöser Wert
STOP
STOP STOP
PLAY
PAUSE
1 540E
Go 1 RECORD
2 40 %
1 540E
3 40 %
Crop_this_page
2 40 %
4 5,0 m
3 40 %
EDIT offline
5 5,0 m
4 5,0 m
6 15 s
5,0 m
Reifendruckregelanlage
Transport STOP
IST: 1,8 1,8 bar TEST
1,8 1,8 bar
0,9 0,9 bar
Fig. 12. I022642
1 Menu level: – Variotronic TI

– Tractor info – Tyre pressure monitoring
– Tractor settings (main page) – TMS engine speed range
3 Menu level: – Fuel consumption measurement
– Engine and transmission
– Manual configuration

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2 3
2
Schlepper Hauptseite Diagnose
Pflug
1
Schlepper Info
Pflug
0
200 bar +21 °C

km km 27,5 34,8 15,0 6,8
25,7 /h 34,8 /h
2350 1/min 2350 1/min

l
27,5 /ha
AUTO
15 %
km
14,1 V
37,0 /h
Softwareverbund 12345
programmiert von Max Mustermann
am 01.10.2011
Crop_this_page
Fig. 13. I022643

– Tractor info – Diagnostics
2 Menu level:
– Tractor settings (main page)

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.3.4 Menu overview of management T007359
Management
2 3
Einstellungsauswahl
Amazone Catros
Drillkombination Lemken
Drillkombi klein
Grubber Kverneland Turbo
Hardi Commander
Köckerling Ultima
Kuhn Kreiselheuer
Pöttinger Jumbo 10000L
Pöttinger NovaCat
Pöttinger Pflug Servo
Rauch Axis
ABC
2
Einstellungsauswahl
Köckerling Vario
Verwaltung Hauptseite
Pflug
ABC
Hier können Konfigurationen
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 ß ´
aufgerufen und abgespeichert
werden. q w e r t z u i o p ü
USB
a s d f g h j k l ö ä
y x c v b n m , .
ABC € @ -
+
<
Status Fahrhebel:
Terminaleinstellungen
Deutsch
1
45%
Pflanzenschutzspritze
45%
24 10 2009
45%
11 10 35
24 10 2009
Crop_this_page
TT MM JJJJ
11 10 35
hh min ss
ISOBUS Information
CAN-Botschaften 196 /s
CAN Bus Status
Implementation Level
Level 3
Traktor ECU Klasse 2
Taskkontroller aktiv TC
Fig. 14. I018877

– Information management – Settings selection
2 Menu level: – Terminal settings
– Management (main page) – ISOBUS information

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.3.5 ISOBUS menu overview T009328
ISOBUS
3 2
Belegung Bedienelemente
Bedienelement
Funktionen
2
1 / 12
ISOBUS Belegungsübersicht
1
VT Einstellungen
Virtual Terminal (VT)

ISOBUS Gerätesteuerung
Status EIN
Version 2
Farhhebelfreigabe ISOBUS
Status EIN
Zuständigkeit AUX Belegung
Fendt Varioterminal Crop_this_page
ISOBUS Bedienmasken
Hilfsgerät
Ser#:
Ver:
Erntemaschine
Ser#:
Ver:
Futterernte
Ser#:
Ver:
1/3
Fig. 15. I019662

– ISOBUS implement control – Assignment of controls
2 Menu level: – VT settings
– Suitable functions – ISOBUS control screens
– Assignment overview

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.3.6 On-board computer overview menu T007606
On-board computer

4DIMFQQFS*OGP
1GMBO[FOTDIVU[TQSJU[F
LN LN
I I
M
IB
"650

LN
I
7BSJP%PD)BVQUTFJUF #PSESFDIOFS

M
MIB
MI
7BSJP%PD1SP*OGP
INT
LN
4UBSU 4UBSU
I I
IB
IB IB
M M
;VMFU[U[VSàDLHFTFU[U

Crop_this_page
IB
"VTMÚTFSFJOTUFMMVOHFO
%JF'MÊDIFOVOE4USFDLFO[ÊIMVOH
FSGPMHFOCFJBMMFOFJOHFTDIBMUFUFO
#PSESFDIOFSOQFSNBOFOU
N
Fig. 16. I023070

– Tractor info – On-board computer
– VarioDoc info – Trigger settings
2 Menu level:
– VarioDoc main page

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.3.7 Operating information screens T010272
The operating information screens provide a brief overview of the following settings:
Power lift
Valves
Fuel consumption measurement 2
Variotronic Ti
Positioning of the operating information screens
The operating information screen can be positioned in the terminal using the positioning page.
A Fendt tractor applications (tractor functions, F
VarioGuide functions, VarioDoc functions, E
setup functions) A G
(always placed in the top right) Info+
B Interactive map displays
C Fendt-Info+ (pre-configured screens with im-
portant information)
D Camera applications B
E ISOBUS implement applications
Additional soft keys C
+ +
Info+
Info Info+
Info
F Confirmation of selection and leave the page
G Leave the page without accepting the selec- D
tion
Fig. 17. I014448
Power lift operating information screen

Soft keys
A Power lift operating information screen
B Valves operating information screen
" *OGP *OGP ,SBGUIFCFS
C Consumption measurement operating infor- Crop_this_page

mation screen
D Variotronic TI operating information screen
# *OGP
NOTE: The soft keys are the same for all four oper-
ating screens. $
*OGP
NOTE: It is not possible to set values on the infor-
mation screen. % *OGP
&8 %8
Fig. 18. I025507
Display
A Rear power lift displays with
– Stroke limit *OGP *OGP ,SBGUIFCFS
"
– Raise restrictor
– Lower restrictor *OGP

– Locked front power lift

– Single-acting or double-acting front power
*OGP
lift
#
B Front power lift displays &8 %8
– Stroke limit *OGP
– Raise restrictor
– Position-tractive power-mix control Fig. 19. I025508
– Locked rear power lift

– Single-acting or double-acting rear power
lift

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Valve settings operating information screen
Display
A Valve assignments on
– Joystick
" *OGP )ZESBVMJLWFOUJMF *OGP
2 –
–
Crossgate lever
Linear module *OGP
B Front and rear valve settings
# *OGP
*OGP
Fig. 20. I025509
Consumption measurement operating information screen

Display
A Fuel consumption
– Current *OGP *OGP 7FSCSBVDITNFTTVOH
– Average since tractor start-up MI

"
B Fuel consumption, trip meters 1 and 2
*OGP
MI
*OGP #
M
*OGP
M
Crop_this_page
Fig. 21. I025510
Variotronic TI operating information screen

Display
A Variotronic TI started, stopped or paused
Sequence Go 1, Go 2, End 1 or End 2 *OGP *OGP 7BSJPUSPOJD5*
"
B Sequences with trigger, function and value
*OGP
#

*OGP N
N
*OGP

Fig. 22. I025511

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.3.8 Calibrate the terminal touch screen T011790
Call up the "Terminal settings" menu
2
3 4
Verwaltung Hauptseite Terminaleinstellungen
Pflug
1 2 Deutsch (German)
ABC
0%
Schlepper Info Verwaltung Info werden.
USB 45%
Pflug Pflanzenschutzspritze
24.10.2009
24 10 2009 11 10 35
km km hh min ss
25,7 34,8
/h /h
11 10 35
Status Fahrhebel: E
l
27,5 /ha
AUTO
15 %
37,0 km
/h D D
Fig. 23. I027279
Menu sequence for calibrating the touch screen

1. Press softkey (D) to call up "Information management"
2. Press softkey (D) in "Information management" to display the "Main management page"
3. Press softkey (E) in "Main management page" to display the "Terminal settings" page
Performing calibration Crop_this_page
– Press softkey (D). Terminaleinstellungen
Deutsch (German)
0%
45%
24.10.2009 D
11 10 35
hh min ss
Fig. 24. I019133

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
– Precisely touch the cross hair which appears
successively in each of the four corners of the
screen to calibrate the touch screen.
IMPORTANT: If you do not press precisely on the
2 cross hair, the touch screen will no longer function!

Fig. 25. I027280
2.3.9 Cleaning the Varioterminal T007974
General
– When cleaning, ensure that the display is switched off and it has cooled down.
– When cleaning, ensure that the USB flap is closed.
– Do not dry wipe the display clean in dusty operating conditions.
– Do not spray the Varioterminal with water.
– To prevent cleaning fluid from entering the housing, it must not be allowed to get under the edge of the
display.
Under no circumstances must the following materials be used to clean the
Varioterminal
– Acidic cleaning agents or those with a high alcohol content.
– Commercially available household detergents.
Crop_this_page
– Sharp-edged objects.
– Commercially available household detergents.
– Rough paper towels.
– Abrasive sponges or powders.
– Steel wool or materials containing steel fibres.
– Fluorine-based cleaning agents.
NOTE: These can damage the surface of the display. When cleaning, do not exert pressure on the display
surface as it could lead to irreversible damage.
The following types of cleaning materials are recommended
– Non-aggressive glass cleaners.
– Cleaning cloths, spectacle cleaning cloths and lint-free cloths.
– Clean the display surface with a commercially available microfibre cloth and cleaner for TFT/LCD displays.
– Dry the display surface with a dry microfibre cloth.
2.3.10 Tractor operation - Menu level 1
2.3.10.1 Tractor info T005125
The tractor operation application essentially comprises the functionality of the previous Varioterminal for op-
eration of the tractor. This includes the power lift, valves, Variotronic-TI (TeachIn), engine and transmission
groups, as well as other settings. The on-board computer and settings management groups which were pre-
viously part of tractor operation are no longer allocated to tractor operation, but rather to VarioDoc (on-board
computer) and management (settings).

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Tractor info
A Tractor settings (main page)
B VarioGuide
4DIMFQQFS*OGP
"
C VarioDoc
D Management
The tractor information screen within the tractor ap-
1GMVH
# 2
plications group is one of the information screens
that are always displayed in the top right quadrant.
The tractor main page can be reached by touch (A),
LN
LN
$
but the individual fields are linked directly to the as- I I
sociated settings pages. It is not possible to set val-

ues on the tractor information screen. M
IB
"650
"6

%
LN
I
Fig. 26. I012499
The top part of the page contains the screen head-

ing with a symbol ('Tractor information'), with the Schlepper Info
currently loaded adjustment diagram below Pflug
("Plough"). A settings diagram contains implement-
specific tractor settings for tractor operation, Var-
ioGuide and VarioDoc. This heading can be found on
every page, but the settings information only ap-
pears on the pages on which this stored information
can be found in the adjustment diagrams. Fig. 27. I015383
The status of the front and rear power lifts can be
seen to the left and right of the tractor symbol.
Possible power lift statuses include: locked, unlocked, raise, lower and floating position.
AUTO
Power lift Power lift Raise power Lower power
Crop_this_page
locked unlocked lift lift
Floating posi-
tion
The status of the front (if fitted) and rear PTOs is displayed below it.
If the PTO is switched off, the display remains blank.
Other possible statuses:
Flashing dis- Permanent dis-

play - PTO acti- play - PTO
vated switched on

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Next to it are the cruise control display, fuel con-
sumption and load limit control.
The cruise control values are displayed as follows:
LN LN
– Cruise control activated: Background orange I I
2 – Cruise control not pre-selected: Background
white
M "650
"6
This is followed by the current fuel consumption IB
displayed in l/h or. l/ha depending on the setting on
the consumption page (see there), and next to it,
the load limit control. Fig. 28. I016060
The lowermost area of the tractor information

screen contains the throttle pedal resolution and up
to three statuses displayed next to one another.
km
The following status displays are possible: 37,0 /h
If more than three status displays are active, a max-
imum of three status displays are shown, with the
following priority. Fig. 29. I017544
Automatic steered axle mode status Priority
Steering axle
Steering axle
active and 1
active and locked
unlocked
Variotronic TI status
Play Record Stop 2

Crop_this_page
TMS
TMS active 3
Max./Min. speed
Max. speed
Min. speed active 4
active

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Slip control system status
Slip control sys-

tem active
5
2
Oil heating status
Oil heating
6
active
2.3.10.2 Terminal display when starting with vehicle stationary T006031
– Tractor started, engine running, vehicle stationary

Restore the most recent settings
NOTE: This page remains visible until one of the
keys is pressed.
– Use the key to confirm restoration of the
most recent settings.
Gespeicherte Einstellungen aufrufen
Crop_this_page
Letze Einstellungen wiederherstellen
Fig. 30. I014334
Call up saved settings

– Call up selection list of stored setting diagrams
with the key.
Fig. 31. I018198

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
– The selection list of stored setting diagrams ap-
pears.
Auswahlliste
Drillmaschine
Einzelkornsähgerät
2 Fendt Settings
Pflug
Scheibenegge
Fig. 32. I018110
– Select name
– Confirm selection with the key Auswahlliste
Pages with the selected settings are loaded. Drillmaschine

Fendt Settings
Pflug
Scheibenegge
Fig. 33. I018175

Crop_this_page
Cancel
– Load the most recent settings in safe status
with the key.
IMPORTANT: Calculation does not occur at this
point; instead, the most recent settings in safe sta-
tus are accepted. Gespeicherte Einstellungen aufrufen
Fig. 34. I018190
2.3.11.1 Tractor settings: main page T006360
The status of the front power lift, rear power lift, cruise control, reversing speeds, assignment of operating
controls and valves are displayed on the tractor settings page.

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Soft keys
A Call up the front power lift settings
B Call up the rear EPC settings
C Call up the hydraulic valve settings
A
D
E
Call up the engine and transmission settings
Call up the Variotronic-TI settings
Pflug
2
G Call up the service and diagnostics pages B
H Jump back one menu level
C
27,5 34,8 15,0 6,8 E
Fig. 35. I012515
Display front/rear power lift Crop_this_page

The display shows the status of the front and rear
power lifts, with bars for current lift height and lift
height limit. The position-tractive power-mix control
is also displayed below it. The bars cannot be se-
lected or changed here. Touching this area takes
you to the settings for the front or rear power lift.
Fig. 36. I015118
Display cruise control and reversing speeds

The cruise control and reversing speed settings are
displayed here. Touching the whole area takes you
back to the corresponding terminal page; it is not
possible to set the values here. The cruise control
values are displayed in the same way as the tractor
information screen.
The reversing speeds are greyed out (disabled)
when they are not activated. 27,5 34,8 15,0 6,8
Fig. 37. I015119

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Display assignment of the valve control units
Representation of the assignment of the valve con-
trol units in the corresponding colours and/or with
the front and rear power lift in "key operation" with
2 a link to the terminal page "Assignment of operating

elements".
Fig. 38. I015120
Display valve settings

Representation of valves with the various settings,
with a link to the terminal page "Hydraulic valves".
NOTE: The same valve statuses are also used on
the valve main page. With limited valve equipment,
the relevant areas remain free.
Fig. 39. I015121
Display of various valve statuses

Valve locked Lower Raise Floating posi-
T
tion
T T
Crop_this_page
Time function Steering axle External opera- Prioritisation

active automatic tion
mode acti-
vated
Hard start

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.3.12.1 Front power lift settings T006376
Soft keys
2
A Lock/unlock toggle switch
B Prioritisation toggle switch "
E Call up "Service function" page 'SPOUQPXFSMJGU
F Toggle switch for double-acting (DA) front 1MPVHI '
power lift #
'
'

'
&
'
'
'
CBS
'
)
' Crop_this_page
Fig. 40. I015214
Display
A The status of the front power lift is displayed Frontkraftheber
below and to the left of the title lines: A Pflug
– Raise
– Lower
– Floating position B
B Stroke limit setting with the current lifting
height displayed 45%
C Display for lifting throttle C 61%
D Display for lowering throttle
E Down-force hydraulic pressure setting
D 45%
45%
E
28 bar
Fig. 41. I018361

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.3.12.2 Rear power lift settings T006409
Soft keys
2 A
B
Lock/unlock toggle switch
Prioritisation toggle switch
D Call up "Rear power lift details" page
E Call up "Service function" page
F Rear power lift toggle switch (single-act-
ing/double-acting)

Fig. 42. I015291
Display Crop_this_page
A The status of the rear power lift is displayed Heckkraftheber

below and to the left of the title lines: Pflug
– Raise A
– Lower
– Floating position B
The status of the lower link stabiliser is dis-
played to the right of it: 45%
– Locked C 80%
– Unlocked
45%
B Stroke limit setting with the current lifting D
height displayed
C Display for lifting throttle 45%
D Display for lowering throttle E
NOTE: If the down-force function is deacti- 028bar
bar
vated, the display returns to 0 bar. F
F Shock load stabilising system cut-in speed > 34,8 km/h
G Position-tractive power-mix control
G
45%
Fig. 43. I017780

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.3.12.3 Rear hydraulic valves settings T006418
Soft keys
The following 4 soft keys are the same for each
valve (only the colouring corresponds to the rele-

2
vant valve).

B Time function toggle switch
C Prioritisation toggle switch
D Setting toggle switch for a hard or soft start
The following soft keys lead to other pages:
E Call up the "Assignment of operating controls"
page
F Call up the "Further hydraulic functions" page
(power beyond, steering axle automatic mode)
G Call up the "Front hydraulic valves" page

Display the hydraulic valves (rear)
The setting of the hydraulic valves is split between

the rear (nos. 1-6) and front (nos. 7-8) valves. Three
bars with a number value for lifting speed, lowering
speed and time function are displayed next to one
another for each valve. These bars can be selected
by touch or by using the cursor keys, and the value
changed with the rotary wheel. A padlock symbol is
displayed to the right of the bars when the valve is
locked. Fig. 44. I015318
If the valve is unlocked, the valve statuses are dis- Crop_this_page
played in this field:
– Raise
– Lower
– Floating position
– Time function active
– Prioritisation
– External actuation active
– Steering axle
– Hard/soft start

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.3.12.4 Front hydraulic valve settings T006933
Soft keys
2 The following 4 soft keys are the same for each

valve (only the colouring corresponds to the rele-
Hydraulikventile Heck
A
vant valve).
Pflug
B Time function toggle switch B
C Prioritisation toggle switch
D Setting toggle switch for a hard or soft start 30l 30l 10s
The following soft keys lead to other pages:
C
E Call up the "Assignment of operating controls"
page 30l 30l 10s
F Call up the "Further hydraulic functions" page
D
G Call up the "Rear hydraulic valves" page
H Jump back one menu level E
Display the front hydraulic valves
Three bars with a number value for lifting speed, F
lowering speed and time function are displayed
next to one another for each valve. These bars can
be selected by touch or by using the cursor keys,
G
and the value changed with the rotary wheel. A pad-
lock symbol is displayed to the right of the bars
when the valve is locked.
H
If the valve is unlocked, the valve statuses are dis-
played in this field:
– Raise Fig. 45. I017706
– Lower Crop_this_page
– Time function active
– Prioritisation
– External actuation active
– Steering axle

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.3.12.5 Tyre pressure monitoring system T008757
Soft keys
A
D
Button to cancel action
Button for (one-off) measurement of the cur- Reifendruckregelanlage A 2
rent tyre pressure Transport STOP
E Button for switching between field and road
D
1,8 1,8 bar

E
0,9 0,9 bar
Fig. 46. I022268
Crop_this_page
Display
A Display unit showing the current activity
– Arrow points upwards when pumping up Reifendruckregelanlage
(see picture) Transport STOP
– Arrow points downwards when releasing
air
– Egg timer indicates that a measurement is
being carried out A
– Warning triangle indicates a fault
B Display unit showing actual value of both axles B
C Target pressure display unit (road)
D Target pressure display unit (field) C IST: 1,8 1,8 bar TEST
1,8 1,8
D bar
0,9 0,9 bar
Fig. 47. I022270

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.3.12.6 Engine and transmission settings T006931
Soft keys
2 A
B
Call up the TMS engine speed range page
Call up the Consumption measurement page Motor und Getriebe
A
D Load limit control toggle switch (auto- Pflug
matic/manual)
E Activation toggle switch, reversing speed for- B
wards
F Activation toggle switch, reversing speed
27,5 34,8
backwards
G Turbo clutch function toggle switch, on/off
D
AUTO 15 %
15,0 6,8 F
G
1400 2000 H
Fig. 48. I017704
Display
Crop_this_page
B Cruise control 1 and 2 display .PUPSVOE(FUSJFCF
C Load limit control display 1GMVH
D Reversing speeds display, forwards and back-
wards
#
5SBOTQPSU
E Maximum and minimum speeds display

$
"650
"6
%

&

Fig. 49. I018542

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.3.12.7 Variotronic TI (headland management) T007321
Soft keys
A
B
Toggle switch for activating Variotronic TI
Soft key, play mode Variotronic TI A 2
C Soft key, record mode Pflug
F Soft key, offline edit
G Toggle switch for activating step mode START B
PLAY
C
Funktion Auslöser Wert RECORD
RECORD
2 40 %
F
3 40 %
EDIT offline
G
4 5,0 m
H
5,0
Fig. 50. I018743
Display Crop_this_page
Variotronic TI Variotronic TI
A Display of joystick controls for operation con- Pflug
trol A
(Start, stop, pause) START
B Sequence name
(Default: Go 1, End 1, Go 2, End 2)
B PLAY
Sequence indicators with

C Functions RECORD
D Triggers C Funktion Auslöser Wert RECORD
E Value
1
D
2 40 %
E
3 40 %
EDIT offline
4 5,0 m
5,0
Fig. 51. I018744

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.3.12.8 Maintenance and diagnostics T007324
Soft keys
2 C
E
Soft key for resetting service counter 1
Soft key for resetting service counter 2
Wartung & Diagnose
Nächster Kundendienst
F Call up help
G Call up diagnostics in 450 11/2010
H Jump back one menu level Betriebsstunden spätestens
Zähler 1 Kühlmittel wechseln

C
nach 1140 h in 200 h
Zähler 2 Filter
E
1140 200
nach h in h
F
Ihre Vertragswerkstatt
Fendt Vertragswerkstatt
G
Johann-Georg-Fendt Str. 4
87616 Marktoberdorf
Telefon: 08342/778395 H
Fig. 52. I018746
Display
B Display of next technical service Wartung & Diagnose Crop_this_page
C Display of customer-specific service 1 (edit-
able) B Nächster Kundendienst
D Display of count interval 1 (editable) in 450 11/2010

E Display of customer-specific service 2 (edit-
able)
C Betriebsstunden spätestens
F Display of count interval 2 (editable) Zähler 1 Kühlmittel wechseln

G Display of authorised workshop
D nach 1140 h in 200 h
E
Zähler 2 Filter
F nach 1140 h in 200 h
Ihre Vertragswerkstatt
G Fendt Vertragswerkstatt
87616 Marktoberdorf
Telefon: 08342/778395
Fig. 53. I018749

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.3.13.1 Hydraulic service function (workshop function) T006408
Soft keys
2
B Toggle switch to release full pressure to the Servicefunktionen
front power lift
C Toggle switch to release full pressure to the B
rear power lift
H Jump back one menu level 85 % 85 %
C
Hydraulic service function display
The left and right bars show the actual value of the
lifting height for the front and rear power lifts.
The red bars represent 90% of the full lifting height.
NOTE: It is not possible to exit the page if the value
of the lifting height is below 90%!
Um die Servicefunktionen wieder ver-

lassen zu können, müssen beide
Kraftheber zu 90% ausgehoben sein.
Crop_this_page
Fig. 54. I017593
2.3.13.2 Rear power lift details T006413
Soft keys
C Toggle switch for activation of the slip control Heckkraftheber Details
system I Pflug
E Toggle switch activation of the hydraulic lateral
stabiliser on the lower link
F Toggle switch for manual override of lateral J C
stabiliser, changing toggle switch (E) to man-
31%
ual K 37%
45%
Display for rear power lift details E
I The status of the rear power lift is displayed
L
below and to the left of the title lines: 45%
– Raise 60% F
– Lower
The status of the lateral stabiliser is displayed
to the right of it: H
– Locked
– Not locked
J Display of the actual value of the slip control Fig. 55. I017809
system with the slip target value setting

K Slip control system sensitivity

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
L Lifting height target value for the lower link
centring, including the actual value of the lift-
ing height
2 2.3.13.3 Assignment of controls T007209
Soft keys
A Soft key for Fendt settings (restore the default
setting)
A
B Soft key for changing the assignment of the
joystick and crossgate lever Pflug
H Jump back one menu level B
H Crop_this_page
Fig. 56. I018701
Display
B Display for joystick valve assignment Belegung Bedienelemente
C Display for crossgate lever valve assignment Pflug
D Display for valve assignment of linear modules
Navigation and setting see §2.3.2, page 62.
B
Fig. 57. I018702

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.3.13.4 Further hydraulic functions: power beyond & automaticaly

steered axle function T007310
Soft keys
B Toggle switch for control pressure increase; Weitere Hydraulikfunktionen
2
activate power beyond Pflug
E Lock steering axle toggle switch manually or
automatically B
14 bar
20,0 km/h
E
2,0 km/h
Ventil für Anhänger-Lenkachse H
Fig. 58. I018716

Crop_this_page
Display
B Control pressure increase display Weitere Hydraulikfunktionen
C Display for upper speed limit beyond which Pflug
the steering axle is locked.
D Steering axle status display B
E Display for the lower speed limit below which 14 bar
the steering axle is locked.
F Valve selection for steering axle automatic
mode C
20,0 km/h
E
2,0 km/h
F Ventil für Anhänger-Lenkachse
Fig. 59. I018717

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.3.13.5 TMS engine speed range T007318
Soft keys
2 B Toggle switch for engine management in oper-

ating mode
TMS Motordrehzahlbereich
Pflug
C Toggle switch for engine management with
PTO switched on (active in the adjoining dia-
B
gram)
D Toggle switch for engine management when a
hydraulic valve is actuated
C
1400 2000
E Toggle switch for engine management when 1/min 1/min
the front or rear linkage is actuated
D
Fig. 60. I018637
Display
Crop_this_page
Speed range display TMS Motordrehzahlbereich
– Set minimum speed (A) display
Pflug
– Set maximum speed (B) display
1400 2000
1/min 1/min
A B
Fig. 61. I018634

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.3.13.6 Fuel consumption measurement T007319
Soft keys
C Soft key for resetting the average consump-
tion (from tractor start up)
Verbrauchsmessung
2
D Soft key for resetting trip meter 1
E Soft key for resetting trip meter 2
F Toggle switch for converting "l/h" to "l/ha" 5,4 l/ha
H Jump back one menu level C
8,0 l/ha
D
224,5 l
E
457,8 l
F
l/h l/ha
Fig. 62. I018626
Display
Crop_this_page
Consumption displays Verbrauchsmessung
B Present consumption display
C Average consumption display (from tractor
start up)
B
D Trip meter 1 display 5,4 l/ha
E Trip meter 2 display C
8,0 l/ha
D
224,5 l
E
457,8 l
l/h l/ha
Fig. 63. I018732

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.3.13.7 Manual configuration T007326
Soft keys
2 C
D
Move one function step up
Move one function step down
Pflug
E Insert a function step
F Delete a function step Go 1
C
1 540E
D
2 40 %
E
3 40 %
F
4 5,0 m
5 5,0 m
H
6 15 s
Fig. 64. I018753
Display
A Sequence name Manuelle Zusammenstellung Crop_this_page
(Standard: Go 1, End 1, Go 2, End 2) Pflug
C Function A Go 1
D Triggers
E Value
B Funktion Auslöser Wert
1 540E
C
2 40 %
D
3 40 %
4 5,0 m
5 5,0 m
6 15 s
Fig. 65. I018758

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.3.13.8 Diagnostics T007329
Soft keys
G
H
Call up valve manual mode
Jump back one menu level
Diagnose
2
200 bar +21 °C
2350 1/min 2350 1/min
14,1 V
G
programmiert von Max Mustermann H

am 01.10.2011
Fig. 66. I018766
Display
B Display of gear ratio specification, adjustment Diagnose Crop_this_page
angle of actuator unit and actual gear ratio
C Display of transmission high pressure, dis-
charge temperature, engine target and actual B
speeds and battery voltage
D Display of software version, programmer and
time of most recent programming
C 200 bar +21 °C
2350 1/min 2350 1/min
14,1 V
D Softwareverbund 12345
programmiert von Max Mustermann
am 01.10.2011
Fig. 67. I018767
2.3.14 Management - Menu level 1
2.3.14.1 Information management T007455
The management application comprises management of the selection of settings and the terminal settings.
945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Soft keys
A Tractor settings (main page)
B VarioGuide Verwaltung Hauptseite
A
C VarioDoc Pflanzenschutzspritze
2 D Management (main page)

Display for information management B
The current date and time are displayed on the In- 24 10 2009
formation Management page.
C
11 10 35
D
Fig. 68. I019025
2.3.15.1 Management (main page) T007456
Soft keys
A Load settings
B
C
Store settings
Store settings on a USB stick Verwaltung Hauptseite
A
E Call up terminal settings Pflug
G
H
Call up ISOBUS information
B
ABC
Crop_this_page
C
werden.
USB
E
Status Fahrhebel:
Fig. 69. I019027

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Display
B Name of selected setting Verwaltung Hauptseite
C Joystick assignment Pflug
This shows whether the joystick is assigned to
the tractor or ISOBUS.
ABC
2
werden.
USB
C Status Fahrhebel:
Fig. 70. I019029
2.3.16.1 Settings selection T007457 Crop_this_page
Soft keys
A Call up keyboard input page
B Cancel Einstellungsauswahl
C Confirm and exit page
Amazone Catros
Drillkombi klein
Hardi Commander
Köckerling Ultima
Kuhn Kreiselheuer
Pöttinger NovaCat
Rauch Axis
ABC
A B C
Fig. 71. I019132

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.3.16.2 Settings selection keyboard T007458
Soft keys
2 A
B
Save
Cancel Einstellungsauswahl
Köckerling Vario
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 ß ´
q w e r t z u i o p ü
y x c v b n m , .
ABC € @
+ -
A
<
B
Fig. 72. I019065
2.3.16.3 Terminal settings T007459
Soft keys
D Call up calibration screen Terminaleinstellungen
Deutsch (German) Crop_this_page
0%
45%
24.10.2009 D
11 10 35
hh min ss
Fig. 73. I019133

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Display
A Language setting
B Brightness control A Terminaleinstellungen
C Volume setting
Deutsch (German)
D
E
Date
Time
B 2
0%
C
D 45%
E 24.10.2009
11 10 35
hh min ss
Fig. 74. I019134
2.3.16.4 ISOBUS information T007460
Soft keys Crop_this_page

A Activate ISOBUS toggle switch
H Jump back one menu level ISOBUS Information A
CAN Bus Status
Level 3
Taskkontroller aktiv
Fig. 75. I019136

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Display
A CAN messages per s ISOBUS Information
B CAN bus status A
B CAN-Botschaften 192
2 C
D
Implementation level
ECU tractor
CAN Bus Status
/s
E Task controller activity

C
Implementation
Level Level 3
D
E
Fig. 76. I019135
2.3.17 ISOBUS menu level 1
2.3.17.1 ISOBUS implement control T006029 Crop_this_page
Soft keys
A Implement change A ISOBUS Gerätesteuerung
B ISOBUS configuration
C Change to half or quarter view, depending on
system status B
D Change to full or half view, depending on sys-
tem status
NOTE: With buttons C and D, the two view op- C
tions that do not correspond to the current mode
are available.
D
Display
The logo of the active implement is displayed in the
middle of the page.
Fig. 77. I019661
NOTE: Touch the screen to change to fullscreen

view.

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.3.18.1 Assignment overview T007726
Soft keys
2
A Joystick assignment: Tractor or ISOBUS im-
plement A Belegungsübersicht
B Toggle switch change between operation and
assignment mode
NOTE: In assignment mode, the page is high- B
lighted in green.
E Call up assignment overview of external con-
trol
NOTE: Soft key is only displayed if an external
control is connected.
F Call up VT settings
G
H
Call up overview of ISOBUS control screens
E
H
Crop_this_page
Fig. 78. I019850
Display
I Display individual button assignments Belegungsübersicht
NOTE: The coloured frames on the buttons
correspond to the colour of the frame around
the assigned ISOBUS implement.
J Display the active ISOBUS implements
NOTE: The order of the individual button as-
signments corresponds to the order of the cor-
responding ISOBUS implement. I
Fig. 79. I019851

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.3.19.1 Assignment of controls T007727
2 Soft keys
Soft keys Belegung Bedienelemente
B Toggle switch operation and assignment
mode Bedienelement
D Create new assignment B
E Delete current assignment
F Scroll through all current assignments (back-
wards)
G Scroll through all current assignments (for-
wards) D
H Jump back one menu level Funktionen
G
H
1 / 12
Fig. 80. I019668
Crop_this_page
Display
A Control display unit (Fendt joystick or external Belegung Bedienelemente
control)
B Assignment of suitable functions for above Bedienelement
control
A
NOTE: Bottom right:
Display function from total number of functions.
Funktionen
B
1 / 12
Fig. 81. I019670

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.3.19.2 VT settings T007738
Soft keys
Soft keys
A Toggle switch: ISOBUS buttons for bottom A VT Einstellungen
2
left or top right half view
B Toggle switch: ISOBUS keypad for split full Virtual Terminal (VT)
view or full view to the right
B
Status EIN
Version 2
Fahrhebelfreigabe ISOBUS
Status EIN
Fendt Varioterminal
Fig. 82. I019671
Crop_this_page
Display
A Status of virtual terminal: "ON" or "OFF" VT Einstellungen
B Display version of virtual terminal
C Fendt joystick ISOBUS status
Virtual Terminal (VT) A
Status ON: Joystick is registered on ISOBUS
Status OFF: Joystick is deregistered from ISO- Status EIN
BUS B
D Assignment of controls via Fendt Variotermi- Version 2
nal or external terminal
C
Status EIN
Zuständigkeit AUX Belegung D

Fendt Varioterminal
Fig. 83. I019848

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.3.19.3 ISOBUS control screens T008476
Soft keys
2 Soft keys
A Soft key for deleting the control screen dis-
ISOBUS Bedienmasken
A
played next to it
F Scroll upwards
G Scroll downwards
Hilfsgerät
H Jump back one menu level Ser#:
Ver:
Erntemaschine
Ser#:
Ver:
F
G Futterernte
Ser#:
Ver:
H
1/3
Fig. 84. I020361
Crop_this_page

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.4 Reset function
2.4.1 Restore default settings T005105
NOTE: Can only be carried out when the vehicle is stationary. 2

Initiate Reset function.
– Press clutch pedal.
– Press pressure switch (A).
End Reset function.
– Switch ignition OFF/ON.
When the Reset function is initiated, the follow-
ing are restored to their default settings.
– Tempomat
(Memory 1 - final speed, memory 2 - 10 km/h).
– Load limit control
(14% reduction on rated speed).
Fig. 1. I012259
– Valves 1 + 2
(Raise 30 litres lower 30 l, time 10 seconds).
– Valves 3 + 8
(Raise 30 litres lower 5 l. time 10 seconds).
– Rear linkage
(upper limit position 100%, traction/position
control 100% position, lowering speed 100%).
– Comfort front power lift control
(upper limit position 100%, lift speed 30 litres,
lowering speed 5 l). Crop_this_page

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.5 Sockets
2.5.1 Sockets in the cab T005110
2
A 25 A constant current socket.
B 10 A socket.
C Implement socket.
D Socket (blue) for external pulse counter.
E ISO socket (optional).
F Serial interface for VarioDoc.
Fig. 1. I012270
A 10 A socket.
Crop_this_page
Fig. 2. I012271
Pin assignment of the ISO implement socket in the cab

A Socket in the cab.
B Connector for ISO terminal.
Pin 1 Not used.
Pin 2 CAN Low input.
Pin 3 CAN Low output.
Pin 4 CAN High input.
Pin 5 CAN High output.
Pin 6 + UB 15
Pin 7 + UB 30
Pin 8 Earth
Pin 9 Earth
Fig. 3. I012272

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.5.2 Front socket T005114
A Front socket
(only for front power lift).
2
Fig. 4. I012273
2.5.3 Rear sockets T005115
A Trailer socket
B Electrohydraulic external control:
Socket for external sensor.
C ABS socket
D ISO implement socket
NOTE: Trailer operation with ABS requires a
12-volt connection on the trailer. When the
trailer is coupled, the indicator lamp (E) on the
instrument panel must light up briefly as a
function check when the ignition is switched
ON or OFF. Crop_this_page
Fig. 5. I012274
Pin assignment for rear ISO implement socket

Pin 1 60A earth.
Pin 2 25A earth.
Pin 3 60A power supply + UB30
Pin 4 25A supply to implement electronics +
UB30
Pin 5 Control signal for switching the end
network, bridged with pin 4 in the con-
nector.
Pin 6 + UB 15
Pin 7 Electronics earth
Pin 8 CAN High
Pin 9 CAN Low
Fig. 6. I012275

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.6 Set the time
2.6.1 Set the time in the instrument panel using the Varioterminal T005116
2 Call up the "Terminal settings" menu
3 4
Verwaltung Hauptseite Terminaleinstellungen
Pflug
1 2 Deutsch (German)
ABC
0%
Schlepper Info Verwaltung Info werden.
USB 45%
Pflug Pflanzenschutzspritze
24.10.2009
24 10 2009 11 10 35
km km hh min ss
25,7 34,8
/h /h
11 10 35
Status Fahrhebel: E
l
27,5 /ha
AUTO
15 %
37,0 km
/h D D
Fig. 1. I027279
Menu sequence for setting the time

1. Press softkey (D) to call up "Information management"
2. Press softkey (D) in "Information management" to display the "Main management page" Crop_this_page
3. Press softkey (E) in the "Main management page" to display the "Terminal settings" page
Set the time
– Select the hh (hours), mm (minutes) or ss (sec-
onds) field by touching them or using the exter- Terminaleinstellungen
nal control. Deutsch (German) A
– Use rotary wheel (A) to select the required 0%
value.
45%
24.10.2009
11 10 35
hh min ss
Fig. 2. I027292

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
– Press key (G) on the rotary wheel to confirm the
set value.
NOTE: This confirmation transfers the set time
A B C
to the instrument panel.
G
G
2
F
D
E
Fig. 3. I012426
Crop_this_page

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.7 Main electrical switch
2.7.1 Main electrical isolation switch (optional) T005118
2 Switch-off conditions:
– Engine OFF
– Ignition OFF
Fig. 1. I012292
Switching off main power circuit

Green LED continuously lit Battery on

flashing Display for switching off the main
power circuit (only 24 h)
Red LED continuously lit Switch-off activated, but still
blocked through terminal 15
flashing 2-min switch-off mode active Crop_this_page
NOTE: The main power circuit is
not switched off for the first 120
seconds following activation so
that stored settings can be
adopted.
NOTE: If the main power circuit is switched off, no circuits will be functional except for the radio, clock, ta-
chograph and interior lighting.
Switching on main power circuit
NOTE: Only switch the ignition and engine on again after the main power circuit has been switched on.

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.8 Heating and ventilation system
2.8.1 General T005120
CAUTION: 2
If you suspect that the air conditioning system is damaged, switch off the air conditioning com-
pressor. Contact a specialist FENDT workshop.
WARNING:
All repair and maintenance work must be carried out by qualified personnel only. Avoid contact
with liquid refrigerant. Contact with refrigerant can cause injury (e.g. freezing). Always wear
protective goggles when working on the system. If refrigerant splashes into your eyes, contact
a doctor immediately! No welding should be carried out on or near any parts of the refrigerant
circuit. Risk of poisoning! Maximum ambient temperature for refrigerant is 80°C. Check the V-
belt only while the engine is stopped.
The last settings entered (except defrost mode and overpressure operation) are stored when the ignition is
switched off and reactivated when the ignition is switched on again.
NOTE: If the outside air humidity and temperature are high, condensation can drip from the evaporator and
form a water deposit under the vehicle. This is normal and not a sign of leakage.
2.8.2 Overview of controls and air nozzles T005121
A Fan speed setting

B Temperature setting
(minimum approx. +17°C, maximum approx.
+29°C).
C Overpressure operation
D1 Air flow distribution to windscreen ON.
D2 Air flow distribution to operator ON.
Crop_this_page
D3 Air flow distribution to footwell ON - OFF.
E Air conditioning OFF; press button at lowest
fan speed.
F Cool mode
G Defrost mode
H Automatic mode
NOTE: The required function is activated if Fig. 1. I012297
the light next to the depressed key is lit.

A Air nozzles, manually adjustable, on the left
and right side of the steering column.
B Solar sensor for temperature monitoring. Do
not cover!
Fig. 2. I012327

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
A Air nozzles on left and right side of cab that can
be adjusted manually.
Fig. 3. I012329
2.8.3 Function indicators in the multiple display T005123
A Frost warning indicator; appears when outside

temperature drops below approx. 3°C.
B Outside temperature indicator.
C Setpoint temperature indicator (with indicator
that shows if minimum or maximum value has
been reached when setting the setpoint tem-
perature).
NOTE: If the indicator flashes, a temperature
has been selected that cannot be achieved
without switching on the air-conditioning com-
pressor.
D Fan speed setting
Crop_this_page
Fig. 4. I012382
2.8.4 Fan speed selection T005131
In fan speed selection mode, the cool, defrost and automatic modes are switched off.
Manual setting of the desired fan speed.
NOTE: Quit automatic mode by actuating the fan speeds. Temperature control is resumed.
2.8.5 Overpressure operation T005134
Activates an additional fan, which increases the amount of fresh air and ensures overpressure.
This function prevents hazardous substances penetrating the inside of the cab and ensures that only clean,
filtered air can enter.
Switch overpressure operation on and off
NOTE: Use overpressure mode to deactivate accelerated heating or cooling of the cab.
2.8.6 Defrost mode T005136
Defrost mode rapidly clears frost and condensation from the windscreen and side windows.

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Switch defrost mode on and off.
NOTE: In defrost mode, the fan runs at 75% when the engine is cold and at max. speed when
the engine is warm. Defrost mode ends after approx. 3 minutes 30 seconds. The unit returns
to the previous mode.
2
2.8.7 Cool mode T005140
CAUTION:
For health reasons it is advisable not to allow the air inside the cab to drop by more than ap-
prox. 5 - 8°C below the outside temperature. Do not expose yourself directly to cold draughts
— danger of catching a cold!
In cool mode, a temperature that has been set is kept constant.
The set temperature is regulated without the fan speeds changing.
Switch cool mode on and off.
NOTE: Cool mode reduces the moisture level in the cab. This prevents the windows from
steaming up. If cool mode is not activated, the interior temperature cannot be lower than the
outside temperature. The air is not cooled or dehumidified, which means that the windows can
steam up.
2.8.8 Automatic mode T005141
CAUTION:
For health reasons it is advisable not to allow the air inside the cab to drop by more than ap-
prox. 5 - 8°C below the outside temperature. Do not expose yourself directly to cold draughts
— danger of catching a cold!
In automatic mode, a temperature that has been set is kept constant. The temperature of the outgoing air,
the fan speeds and the air distribution change automatically so that the required cab temperature is reached Crop_this_page
as quickly as possible. Outside temperature fluctuations and the effects of sunlight are automatically com-
pensated. The air inside the cab is dehumidified. Automatic mode therefore usually offers the best conditions
for the operator's comfort during all seasons.
Switch on automatic mode.
NOTE: Automatic mode works only in the adjustable temperature range of +17°C to +29°C.
The air-conditioning compressor only switches on at an outside temperature above +6°C. Auto-
matic mode is exited when the fan speed or defrost mode are changed or an air distribution
button is pressed.
2.8.9 Protection against hazardous substances T005142
Use in dusty conditions:

see §1.9.2, page 37
– Keep cab openings, doors, windows and ceiling compartments closed.
– Filters must be in a functional, clean condition.
– Activate overpressure operation.
Also required when using aerosols and sprays:
– An activated charcoal filter is recommended when deploying plant protection agents.
– Do not bring plant protection agents, contaminated filters, shoes or clothing into the cab!
– The inside of the cab must be cleaned after deploying plant protection agents. We also recommend re-
placing the activated charcoal filter with the particle filter.
– Observe the manufacturer's instructions with regard to plant protection agents, personal protective
equipment, filters and plant protection devices, including conditions for disposing of the filters.
– National occupational health & safety regulations apply.

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.9 Rear view mirror
2.9.1 Adjust rear view mirror T005143
2 CAUTION:
Before driving the tractor and starting work, adjust the mirror to ensure a clear view of the road
and of the working area to the rear.
1. Adjust rear view mirror to vehicle width

– Adjust to vehicle or trailer width with screw (A).
Fig. 1. I012437
2. Individually adjust rear view mirror

– Flip up arm rest.
– Adjust the rear view mirror with setting lever
(A).
Crop_this_page
Fig. 2. I012438

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.10 Start-up
2.10.1 Save fuel by locking the hydraulics T005544
NOTE: Lock power lift and hydraulic valves when not in use (e.g. driving on roads, PTO work). No pilot pres- 2
sure is then applied; this results in fuel savings.
WARNING:
If operating a steering axle, do not lock the valves otherwise the steering axle will be blocked!
2.10.2 Check daily T009172
Tractor must be in proper working condition.

Fuel
DANGER:
Fuels are easily ignited. Fire, naked lights "
and smoking as well as the operation of #
auxiliary heaters (ignition sparks) are
therefore prohibited when handling fuels.
Switch off the engine and the auxiliary
heating before re-fuelling.
– Check fuel level. Top up as required through the
filler hole (A).
NOTE: Only use diesel fuels approved in accor-
dance with DIN 51628.
Top up with fuel after working with the tractor, to
avoid the build-up of condensation. Fig. 1. I025709
NOTE: Ensure cleanliness. Do not shake the fuel. Crop_this_page
AdBlue®
DANGER:
If the AdBlue® tank cover is opened at high temperatures, ammonia fumes can escape. Ammo-
nia fumes have a pungent odour and are particularly irritating to the skin, mucous membranes
and eyes. They can cause burning eyes, nose and throat as well as coughing and streaming
eyes. Do not inhale escaping ammonia fumes.
CAUTION:
Ensure that AdBlue® does not come in contact with skin, eyes or clothing.
Ensure that no children are in the proximity of AdBlue®.
Should AdBlue® come into contact with the eyes, rinse the eyes immediately with plenty of
clean water, and seek medical attention if necessary.
In the event of contact with the skin, clean the areas of skin immediately with plenty of clean
water.
If AdBlue® has been swallowed, rinse out the mouth immediately with plenty of clean water
and then drink plenty of water. Seek medical attention if necessary.
If the AdBlue® tank cover is opened at high temperatures, ammonia fumes can escape. Do not
inhale ammonia fumes.
NOTE: Improper handling of AdBlue® can have environmental implications. Do not let large quantities of Ad-
Blue® penetrate the drainage system, surface water, ground water or the ground.
NOTE: Only use in accordance with DIN 70070; special additives are not permitted.
– Check the AdBlue® filling level and top up as required via the filler hole (B).

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
WARNING:
Filling and operating vehicles with AdBlue® are necessary to comply with the emission regula-
tions.
2 otherwise damage can occur to the exhaust after-treatment systems.

If the AdBlue® has been used up or there is a fault, a fault code is displayed. Refill the AdBlue®
Check the oil level

– Remove dipstick (A).
Fig. 2. I022341
– Wipe dipstick with a clean lint-free rag.

– Reinsert fully and twist into place.
– Pull out dipstick again.
– If required, top up the prescribed motor oil to
the "MAX" mark via the filler hole. Ensure clean-
liness! Crop_this_page
Difference in oil quantities in the engine

The difference between the MIN and MAX marks
on the dipstick is about 4.0 litres.
Fig. 3. I013979
Check the oil level in the transmission

– Park the tractor on a level surface with the front
axle suspension in the centre position.
– Allow the tractor to run for approx. 2 minutes at
idle speed.
– Twist and remove the dipstick (A).
– Wipe the dipstick with a clean, lint-free rag.
– Reinsert dipstick fully and twist into place.
– Twist and remove the dipstick again.
NOTE: The oil level must reach the upper notch of
the dipstick.
– Top up the transmission oil through the filler
hole as required. Fig. 4. I022408
Difference in oil quantity: transmission

The difference between the MIN and MAX marks
on the dipstick is about 3.0 litres.

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Drain compressed air system
– Pull the cable (A).
If water runs out of the drain valve, replace the
air dryer cartridge and drain all compressed air
tanks.
2
Fig. 5. I022450
– Replace air dryer cartridge (A) in accordance

with the maintenance schedule.
Fig. 6. I022451
Crop_this_page
2.10.3 Cold weather operation T005177
Keep battery well charged.

For summer diesel, starting at approx. -5 °C add flow improver in accordance with manufacturer specifica-
tions.
Fill with winter fuel, free-flowing up to approx. -23 °C. Down to -20 °C, fill with 10W-40 engine oil. Below
-20 °C, fill with 5W-40 engine oil.
35–50% vol. antifreeze in the coolant %
AdBlue® freezes at a temperature of around - 11 °C. The tractor is factory fitted with an AdBlue® preheating
system. This enables winter operation without any problems.
NOTE: Do not mix any special additives into AdBlue®.
NOTE: Before longer periods of idle time, only fill the AdBlue® tank to a minimum.

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Engine coolant heater, hydraulic and transmission oil heater (upon request)
– Use the cable supplied to connect the heater
pack (A) to the mains (230 V).
Preheating time for engine coolant heater at least
2 3 hours depending on outside temperature. Observe
oil temperature.
NOTE: The heater pack must only be connected to
the mains supply if this is safeguarded by a Residual
Current Device.
NOTE: Ideally, connect the heater pack at an oil
temperature over 0 °C to prevent the oil from being
affected.
NOTE: Do not use the heater pack to heat biode- Fig. 7. I012482
gradable hydraulic oil.
NOTE: The hydraulic oil tank must be at least half
full.
2.10.4 Tool box T005183
Removable tool box (A).

Crop_this_page
Fig. 8. I027356

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.11 Start
2.11.1 Starting the engine T005184
Starting process
2
IMPORTANT: Before starting the engine for the first time read through the Operator's Manual.
DANGER:
Start the engine from the operator's seat only.
Do not leave the engine running in unventilated or enclosed areas. The engine exhaust gases
include, amongst other things, carbon monoxide, which is an odourless and colourless gas,
and, if inhaled, can lead to loss of consciousness or death. Life-threatening hazard!
Never short circuit the starter.
Do not use starter fuel (e.g. Startpilot)!
Do not leave the tractor unattended when the engine is running!
NOTE: To avoid problems when starting the tractor, no other keys with transponders should be on the key
chain.
Do not start or operate the tractor without a battery. This could permanently damage the alternator. Observe
warnings and fault messages. Switch off the engine immediately, if necessary.
– Apply the hand brake.
– Depress clutch pedal (starter lockout is deacti-
vated).
– Switch off electrical consumers, if possible.
– Turn ignition key to position I; the following
symbols are illuminated:
Crop_this_page
Fig. 1. I012485
LED neutral position - in the

Charging indicator lamp 1
multi-function armrest
Travel direction indicator (for-

Charging indicator lamp 2 wards) flashes
Pre-heater indicator
Travel direction indicator
(backwards) flashes
NOTE: Steady light indi-
cates preheating time.
– Wait until the preheat indicator goes out

– Turn ignition key to II and once the engine has started move it back to I.
– Charging indicator lamps must go out.
NOTE: If at very low temperatures the engine does not start within about 20 seconds, abort the starting pro-
cedure and wait for about 1 minute before trying again. Switch off ignition before attempting to start again.
Allow the starter to cool down. Do not operate the starter while the engine is still turning. If the engine re-
peatedly fails to start, refer to the section entitled "FAULTS AND REMEDIAL ACTION" in the service manual.
2.11.2 Terminal display when starting with vehicle stationary T006031
– Tractor started, engine running, vehicle stationary

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Restore the most recent settings
keys is pressed.
– Use the key to confirm restoration of the
2 most recent settings.
Fig. 2. I014334
Call up saved settings

– Call up selection list of stored setting diagrams
with the key.
Crop_this_page
Fig. 3. I018198
– The selection list of stored setting diagrams ap-

pears.
Auswahlliste
Drillmaschine
Fendt Settings
Pflug
Scheibenegge
Fig. 4. I018110

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
– Select name
– Confirm selection with the key Auswahlliste
Pages with the selected settings are loaded. Drillmaschine

Fendt Settings
Pflug
2
Scheibenegge
Fig. 5. I018175
Cancel
– Load the most recent settings in safe status
with the key.
IMPORTANT: Calculation does not occur at this
point; instead, the most recent settings in safe sta-
tus are accepted. Gespeicherte Einstellungen aufrufen
Crop_this_page
Fig. 6. I018190
2.11.3 Terminal display during starting (vehicle moving) T007208
– Tractor is started, engine is running, operator drives off

Load the most recent settings
If the operator drives off immediately after starting
the engine, the buttons and are greyed out
(disabled), i.e. the most recent settings cannot be
recreated and stored settings cannot be called up.
– or load the most recent settings in safe status Gespeicherte Einstellungen aufrufen
(nur nach Stillstand und Neutralstellung möglich)
with the key.
NOTE: This page remains visible until the
key is pressed or the tractor is stopped.

(nur nach Stillstand und Neutralstellung möglich)
Fig. 7. I014340

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
– Stop the tractor and switch to neutral;
the adjoining image appears.
keys is pressed.
2 – Use the key to confirm restoration of the
most recent settings.
Fig. 8. I014334
2.11.4 boost start T005198
WARNING:
Do not allow contact between the non-insulated parts of the battery clamps. The jump lead
connected to the positive terminal must not come into contact with any electrically conductive
parts of the vehicle — danger of short circuit. To avoid sparks, always attach the jump lead
clamps in the correct order.
If the battery is partially discharged, the engine can
be started with the battery from another tractor or
with an additional battery.
– Using the jump lead, connect the positive termi-
nal to the positive terminal of the external bat-
tery. Crop_this_page
– Firstly connect the jump lead to the negative
terminal of the external battery, then to the neg-
ative terminal of the discharged battery.
– Run the engine of the assisting tractor.
– When the engine is running, disconnect both
leads in reverse order.
Fig. 9. I012487
NOTE: The external battery must be a 12 Volt battery and have about the same capacity (Ah) as the dis-
charged battery. When jump starting, the engine must be started immediately after connecting; otherwise,
the assisting battery will be discharged as well. Do not reverse the polarity.
Use only jump leads with a sufficient cross-section and with insulated clamps.
Do not disconnect a discharged battery from the on-board power.
If the tractor is left unused for an extended period, the battery can be recharged with a battery charger (12 V).
2.11.5 Towing T005201
WARNING:
Towing is not possible and not permitted, as the transmission may become damaged!

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.12 Stopping
2.12.1 Stopping the engine T005202
– Turn ignition key to position "0". 2

NOTE: After operating at full load, do not stop the engine immediately but allow it to cool down for about
2 minutes at about 1000 rpm in order to prevent the turbocharger from overheating.
2.12.2 Stopping and immobilising the tractor T005205
– Lower hydraulic implements

– Turn off the engine.
– Remove the ignition key
– Apply the hand brake when leaving the tractor.
– Make sure the tractor is secured to prevent it rolling.
– On gradients, chock the wheels.
WARNING:
If the tractor is left on a public road, switch the hazard warning lights on and place the hazard
warning triangle in an appropriate location.
The hazard warning triangle is attached behind the operator's seat (hazard warning triangle not included as
standard).
2.12.3 Terminal display when the engine is switched off T007174
Save the current settings under the same name

If a settings diagram has been loaded and then one Crop_this_page
or more settings changed, the adjoining page ap- Die Einstellungen zu Pflug wurden geändert
pears when the engine is switched off:

– The current settings are saved under the same
name with the key. Speichern unter aktuellem Namen
– Terminal then switches off.
ABC
Speichern unter neuem Namen
Abschaltung nach 10 Sekunden
Fig. 1. I018130

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Save current settings under a different name
– or open the keyboard with the ABC
key.
Die Einstellungen zu Pflug wurden geändert
2 Speichern unter aktuellem Namen
ABC
Fig. 2. I018134
– Determine a new name for the current settings.

– Confirm selection with the key. Tastatur
NOTE: This procedure is used to create a new

settings diagram; the original settings diagram
loaded remains unchanged.
– Terminal is switched off. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 ß ´
ABC
y x c v b n m , .
ABC € @ -
+
<
Crop_this_page
Fig. 3. I018173

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.13 Vario transmission
2.13.1 Joystick T005206
Power version
2
A Change of transmission forward ratio
B Change of transmission reverse ratio
C Change of travel direction
D Cruise control ON
Fig. 1. I012489
A Change of transmission forward ratio
B Change of transmission reverse ratio
C Change of travel direction
D Cruise control ON
NOTE: If the vehicle is at a standstill, a change in
transmission ratio or travel direction is only carried
out if the activation key is pressed.
Crop_this_page
Fig. 2. I012490
2.13.2 Neutral position T005209
Neutral position ON/OFF

WARNING:
Before leaving the tractor, make sure the
transmission is set in neutral and engage
hand brake.
If the engine is started or hand brake is applied, the
transmission shifts to neutral.
– Turn neutral position ON/OFF using key (A).
NOTE: When neutral position is ON, the LED (B)
lights up.
Fig. 3. I012492

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Indicators if neutral position is ON
Travel direction indicator (forwards)
flashes
2 and
travel direction indicator (backwards)
flashes.
Fig. 4. I017313
NOTE: When the hand brake is applied, the neutral button can be used to shift out of neutral position (start-
ing assistance). If the hand brake is not released within 30 seconds, the transmission shifts into neutral again.
Indicators if neutral position is OFF
Travel direction indicator (forwards)
flashes.
or
travel direction indicator (backwards)
flashes.
STOP light flashes.

Crop_this_page
Fig. 5. I012493
ACTIVE symbol (A) is shown on the
multiple display.
2.13.3 Set acceleration rate T005232
Power version
Fig. 6. I012502

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
– The switch (A) can be used to select four differ-
ent acceleration rates.
Fig. 7. I012501
With steady actuating of the joystick in one direction and a steady engine speed, the driving speed increases
slowest at rate I and fastest at rate IV.
At rate I, the change in speed can be set to between 0.02 km/h and 0.5 km/h using the keyboard (valid at
rated engine speed).
The following table shows the change in speed if the joystick is touched once, and the time to reach maxi-
mum speed if the joystick is actuated steadily, for the respective acceleration rates.
Stage 1x touch 0 to 60 km/h

I 0.02 to 0.5 km/h 250 - 45.5 secs
II 0.5 km/h 45.5 secs
III 1 km/h 23.8 secs
IV 1 km/h 10 secs
Values at rated engine speed. Crop_this_page

NOTE: When the Tempomat cruise control is activated, the time to reach the stored speed depends on the
acceleration rate selected. Position I is programmable.
Set acceleration rate for level I
NOTE: Settings are made in the transmission calibration menu.
Procedure:
Press one of the buttons repeatedly
until the symbol (A) flashes.
Press button.
Fig. 8. I012506
The following image appears on the multiple display.

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Press one of the keys repeatedly until
the desired value is displayed.
NOTE: The displayed value is
accepted immediately.
2 Save and jump back to the previous
menu level. Fig. 9. I012507
Recommended use
Rate I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Use for specialist operations, e.g. road-milling ma-
chine.
Rate II. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Use in field work, heavy traction work.
Rate III . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Use for transport operations.
Rate IV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Use if maximum acceleration is desired.
2.13.4 Travel range selector T005341
WARNING:
Traction is interrupted when switching operating ranges. Do not switch when driving up or
down slopes
OPERATING RANGE I (A)

For heavy field operations at a speed of:
0.02 - 32 km/h forwards.
0.02 - 20 km/h backwards.
OPERATING RANGE II (B)
Crop_this_page
For fast travel at speeds of:
0.02 - 60 km/h forwards.
0.02 - 33 km/h backwards.
NOTE: If the LED next to the pressed button is lit,
the required function is activated.
Switching when tractor is stationary
– Select Neutral position or
– actuate clutch pedal. Fig. 10. I012595
– Select the desired travel range.

Selecting operating range I or II while travelling
Operating range selection is not possible if:
– Transmission oil temperature is below 10 °C.
– Engine brake is activated.
Switching from operating range II to I when travelling
Operating range selection is not possible if:
– Travel speed above 20 km/h.
– Neutral position is engaged.
– Engine speed over 2300 rpm.
– Transmission oil temperature is below 10°C
– Engine brake is activated.
NOTE: In unfavourable conditions, e.g. cold weather, selecting an operating range may simply cause the
neutral position to be selected. Tractive power is interrupted, repeat range selection.
Cruise control and rapid reverse function deactivated.
The last range selected is always retained, even after turning the ignition on or off.

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.13.5 Driving T005346
WARNING:
Always engage gears when travelling downhill. Do not select neutral.
At engine speeds over 2600 rpm, the gear ratio is no longer reduced; to reduce speed, apply the
brake.
2
Setting off forwards from a standstill:
– Press the activating key on the back of the joy-
stick.
– If the joystick is moved forwards, the tractor
sets off forwards and accelerates.
– If the joystick is released, it automatically re-
turns to centre position and the gear ratio re-
mains constant.
– If the joystick is pulled back, the tractor deceler-
ates. It brakes until it is forced to a standstill.
Fig. 11. I012606
Reversing from a standstill:

– Press the activating key on the back of the joystick.
– If the joystick is pulled back, the tractor will set off in reverse and accelerate.
NOTE: If desired, audible warning is available for when reversing.
– If the joystick is released, it automatically returns to centre position and the gear ratio remains constant.
– If the joystick is pulled forwards, the tractor decelerates. It brakes until it is forced to a standstill.
Crop_this_page
NOTE: It is also possible to operate the joystick first and then press the activation button afterwards.
2.13.6 Turbo-clutch function T007254
The transmission control system also provides a turbo clutch function. This function enables the tractor to be
driven off and stopped with just the throttle pedal.
Advantages
– No engine stalling under difficult conditions.
– No wheel spinning.
– Full power transmission from approx. 1250 rpm engine speed.

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Deactivate the turbo clutch function
3
Motor und Getriebe
Pflug
2
27,5 34,8
2
AUTO 15 %
Pflug
15,0 6,8
1400 2000
D
27,5 34,8 15,0 6,8
Schlepper Info
Pflug A
km km
25,7 /h 34,8 /h
l
27,5 /ha
AUTO
15 %
37,0 km
/h Crop_this_page
Fig. 12. I018567
Menu sequence for the turbo clutch function

1. Pressing the soft key (A) calls up the "Tractor Main Menu"
2. Pressing the soft key (D) from the tractor main menu causes the "Engine & Transmission" page to appear
3. "Engine & Transmission" page

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Deactivate/Activate the turbo clutch function
1. Press the toggle switch (G) to deactivate/acti- .PUPSVOE(FUSJFCF
vate the turbo clutch function. 1GMVH
NOTE: After every cold start, the turbo clutch
2.
function is automatically activated again.
Press the soft key (H) to jump back a menu.
2

NOTE: Switch-off conditions:
Engine is running.
No current fault messages.
Transmission in neutral.
"650
"6
System not in emergency mode.

)
Fig. 13. I018568
Drive off using the turbo clutch function

– Set the idling speed.
– Apply the brake.
– Press activation key and use the joystick to select the desired direction of travel.
– Release the brake and start off by slowly pressing the throttle pedal. Crop_this_page
– Use the joystick to obtain the desired road speed.
NOTE:
– Only stop briefly while using the turbo clutch (approx. 1 min.).
– When operating with a sustained load, do not allow the engine speed to drop below 1250 rpm.
– Do not operate the clutch pedal for long periods.
Stop on slopes
– Move the joystick against the actual direction of travel.
The tractor slows down until it comes to a standstill. "Active" symbol flashes.
NOTE: Depending on the load, the turbo clutch function will allow transmission slip when the engine speed
is below 1250 rpm.
Clutch pedal
For attaching implements, the tractor can be controlled for gradual movements with the clutch pedal. In sud-
den emergencies, the tractor can be stopped by pressing the clutch and brake pedals.
2.13.7 Change of travel direction T005351
The tractor slows to a standstill, then accelerates in the desired direction until the previous transmission ratio
is reached.
Changing of travel direction is activated
- by the button on the direction lever
- by the joystick.
Direction changing is cancelled when the following are operated:
- Joystick
- Neutral button

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
The following factors will block the function, but not terminate it:
- Load limit control
- Engine speed above 2600 rpm.
- Turboclutch function
2 NOTE: An incomplete rapid reverse operation is indicated by flashing indicators. The selected change of di-
rection is activated as soon as the problem is resolved.
NOTE: Note: The reverse will be executed more or less rapidly according to the acceleration rate selected.
Changing direction of travel by the button on the direction lever
– Move the button (A) forwards or backwards.
The tractor slows down to a standstill and acceler-
ates in the opposite direction until it reaches the
previous transmission ratio.
– Keep the button (A) pressed forwards or back-
wards.
The tractor slows to a standstill. When button (A) is
released, the tractor continues in the previous travel
direction and with the previous transmission ratio.
Fig. 14. I011485
Changing the direction of travel with the joystick

stick. While the tractor is moving, push the joy-
stick to the left.
If no changes of travel direction have been stored,
the tractor slows to a stop then reverses until it Crop_this_page
reaches transmission ratio that was active in the ini-
tial direction.
While the tractor slows down, the selected direc-
tion of travel flashes on the corresponding direction
of travel display. The current direction of travel is in-
dicated by a constant light on the travel direction in-
dicator.
NOTE: Warning sound for reverse travel is op- Fig. 15. I012607
tional.

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.13.8 Programmed change in direction of travel T005352
Menu navigation
3 2
Motor und Getriebe
Pflug
27,5 34,8
2
AUTO 15 %
Pflug
15,0 6,8
1400 2000
D
27,5 34,8 15,0 6,8
Schlepper Info
Pflug A
km km
Crop_this_page
25,7 /h 34,8 /h
l
27,5 /ha
AUTO
15 %
km
37,0 /h
Fig. 16. I018567
Menu sequence to the "Engine & Transmission" page


945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Set and pre-select the forwards/reversing speed
– Using touch or the navigation keys, move the .PUPSVOE(FUSJFCF
focus frame to display the forward or reversing 1GMVH
speed.
2 – Set the desired value with the rotary wheel of

the external control panel.
5SBOTQPSU
Pre-selecting the reversing speed $

1. Pre-select the reversing speeds by pressing the
toggle switches (E) for forwards or (F) Reverse. %
2. Press the soft key (H) to jump back a menu. "650
"6
&
'
)
Fig. 17. I018581
Activate the pre-selected speed

NOTE: The set values are reached at an engine
speed of 1800 rpm.
– While the vehicle is moving, push the activation
key and move the joystick to the left (towards Crop_this_page
the operator's seat).
NOTE: The tractor slows down to a standstill and
then accelerates in the opposite direction until it
reaches the pre-selected speed.
Fig. 18. I012607
2.13.9 Tempomat T005353
NOTE: It is only possible to activate the Tempomat cruise control function at engine speeds above 1300 rpm
(with the exception of TMS).
With the cruise control function, the current speed is maintained without storing.
In addition, two speeds can be stored to allow the tractor system to be configured for two different situa-
tions, such as field work and road travel.
The stored speed is reached within a time that depends on the acceleration rate selected (see §2.13.3,
page 128).

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Maintain the current speed
NOTE: None of the stored speeds may be pre-se-
lected by either of the cruise control keys.
– Accelerate to the desired speed.
– Move the joystick briefly to the right (away from 2
the operator's seat).
Fig. 19. I012617
– Indicator lamp (A) is lit, the speed is shown on

the multiple display (B) for approx. 3 seconds
and continuously in the instrument panel (C).
Fig. 20. I012624
Crop_this_page

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Set and save cruise control speeds
3
Motor und Getriebe
Pflug
2
27,5 34,8
2
AUTO 15 %
Pflug
15,0 6,8
1400 2000
D
27,5 34,8 15,0 6,8
Schlepper Info
Pflug A
km km
25,7 /h 34,8 /h
l
27,5 /ha
AUTO
15 %
37,0 km
/h Crop_this_page
Fig. 21. I018567

2. Pressing the soft key (D) on the tractor main page causes the "Engine & Transmission" page to appear

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
– Using touch or the navigation keys, move the .PUPSVOE(FUSJFCF
focus frame to display cruise control 1 (A) or 1GMVH
2 (B).
"
– Set the desired value with the rotary wheel of 5SBOTQPSU #

2
$
"650
%

&

Fig. 22. I018584
Pre-select stored cruise control speeds

Power version
– Briefly press key (A) Memory 1 or key (B) Mem-
ory 2.
Crop_this_page
Fig. 23. I012626
– Briefly press key (A) Memory 1 or key (B) Mem-
ory 2.
Fig. 24. I012628

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Activate cruise control speeds
– While the tractor is moving, move the joystick
briefly to the right (away from the operator's
seat).
Fig. 25. I012617
– Indicator lamp (A) is lit, the speed is shown on

the multiple display (B) for approx. 3 seconds
and continuously in the instrument panel (C).
Fig. 26. I012624
NOTE: Memorised speeds can only be activated while the tractor is moving. Crop_this_page
The stored speed can be activated in both operating ranges and both directions of travel.
If the selected speed is not reached, check the setting for the load limit control.
Cancel the cruise control function:
– Press the clutch pedal
– Press the brake pedal (including the independent brake)
– Operate the joystick
– Press the neutral key
– Engine brake actuator
– Engine speed falls below 1300 rpm (except with TMS)
– Operate the travel range selector
2.13.10 Load limit control T006663
Load limit control is activated automatically if the engine speed drops under load. To do this, the tractor au-
tomatically uses the transmission control - depending on the load limit control setting - to reduce the vehicle
speed, so the engine speed does not drop any further.

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Set load limit control
3
Motor und Getriebe
Pflug
2
27,5 34,8
2
AUTO 15 %
Pflug
15,0 6,8
1400 2000
D
27,5 34,8 15,0 6,8
Schlepper Info
Pflug A
km km
25,7 /h 34,8 /h
l
27,5 /ha
AUTO
15 %
37,0 km
/h Crop_this_page
Fig. 27. I018567


945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
– Do not actively set the toggle switch (D) to .PUPSVOE(FUSJFCF
AUTO. 1GMVH
NOTE: If the toggle switch (D) is set to AUTO
(automatic mode), the load limit control cannot
2 –
be changed.
Using touch or the navigation keys, move the
focus frame to display the load limit control (A).
– Set the desired value with the rotary wheel of
"
the external control panel. %
"650
Engine load limit can be adjusted between 0% to
30%.

Fig. 28. I018615
NOTE: The changes take effect immediately. In this way, the tractor can be adapted to the current situation
during operation.
The load limit control only changes the transmission ratio to slower. Re-accelerating, once the engine speed
rises again, can either be done manually using the joystick or automatically with the activated cruise control
function. When TMS is active, acceleration is also automatic.
Crop_this_page
2.13.11 Store engine speeds T005354
A maximum and minimum engine speed can be stored.

For example: Speed 1 Working speed - maximum engine speed.
For example Speed 2 Idling speed - minimum engine speed.

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Set maximum and minimum engine speed
3
Motor und Getriebe
Pflug
2
27,5 34,8
2
AUTO 15 %
Pflug
15,0 6,8
1400 2000
D
27,5 34,8 15,0 6,8
Schlepper Info
Pflug A
km km
25,7 /h 34,8 /h
l
27,5 /ha
AUTO
15 %
37,0 km
/h Crop_this_page
Fig. 29. I018567


945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Set speeds .PUPSVOE(FUSJFCF
– Using touch or the navigation keys, move the 1GMVH
focus frame to display the minimum (A) or max-
imum (B) speed. 5SBOTQPSU
2 – Set the desired value with the rotary wheel of

NOTE: The maximum engine speed that can be set
is the engine limit speed. $
The minimum engine speed that can be set is the
idling speed + 10 rpm. "650
The value set can be overridden with the accelera- %
tor.

&
"
#

Fig. 30. I018616
Activate engine speeds

Power version
– Briefly press button (A) (min. engine speed) or
button (B) (max. engine speed).
Crop_this_page
Fig. 31. I012631
– Briefly press button (A) (min. engine speed) or
button (B) (max. engine speed).
Fig. 32. I012632
The engine speed function is terminated if one of the following conditions is present:
– Speed greater than 18 km/h and the foot brake is operated.
– Speed greater than 18 km/h and the engine brake is operated.
– Call-up buttons are activated again.
– Hand throttle is operated.

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.13.12 Towing instructions T005368
DANGER:
When there is no pressure in the hydraulic system, the hand brake is locked.
When the brake system has been opened manually, it is not possible to brake without hydraulic
pressure.
2
Use a tow bar!
– Open the cover in the cab floor.
The cover is located on the right side of the cab
under the floor mat.
– Attach auxiliary lever (located in tool box) on
travel range selector.
– Shift transmission into neutral (arrowed).
NOTE: Towing speed: max. 10 km/h.
Towing distance: max. 8 km.
Fig. 33. I013248
Crop_this_page

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.14 Emergency mode
2.14.1 General T007399
2 DANGER:
When switching the tractor off, put the travel range selector in the neutral position (centre po-
sition) and apply the hand brake.
CAUTION:
After starting the tractor, the transmission is fully engaged if an operating range (I or II) has
been selected The clutch pedal must be engaged carefully because a transmission ratio or a di-
rection of travel is preselected.
If the transmission ratio can no longer be set by the electronic system due to actual or indicated faults, the
transmission adjustment can be controlled mechanically with the auxiliary lever.
– Remove panel.
– Open and remove cover in the cab floor
(SW 10).
– Attach auxiliary lever to transmission adjust-
ment.
NOTE: Auxiliary lever is included in the scope of
delivery and is located in the tool box.
Fig. 1. I018933
– Transmission adjustment (A)

Crop_this_page
Fig. 2. I018934

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.14.2 Activate emergency mode T007400
– Press clutch pedal.

– Press pressure switch (A).
2
Fig. 3. I018897
Symbol (B) is now shown on the multiple display.

NOTE: Symbol (B) is also displayed in the event of
a fault leading to emergency operation.
When using emergency operation, travel direction
indicators are no longer active.
Fig. 4. I018935
If activated unintentionally:
– Stop the tractor.
– Terminate emergency operation by switching ignition OFF and ON.
Mechanical selection of gear ratio
Crop_this_page
NOTE: When setting the gear ratio, only the auxiliary lever supplied should be used, otherwise the coupling
in the transmission control unit may be turned too far (maximum permissible torque 10 Nm).
– Carefully engage clutch pedal.
The tractor starts moving in the last selected travel direction and accelerates up to the selected transmission
ratio.
– If the auxiliary lever is turned to the left during
forward travel, the tractor accelerates. If the
auxiliary lever is turned to the right, the tractor
slows down because it is braked.
– If the auxiliary lever is turned to the right while
reversing, the tractor accelerates. If the auxiliary
lever is turned to the left, the tractor is braked
and slows down.
Fig. 5. I018936

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.14.3 Select the transmission ratio T007401
– Attach the auxiliary lever to the range selector

(A).
2 – Depress the clutch pedal.
NOTE: An extension can be used as an aid for se-
lecting the operating range.
The max. travel speed for any range selection is
2 km/h.
Selector direction:
Right – travel range I (field)
Centre – neutral position N (neutral)
Left – travel range II (road)
Fig. 6. I018937
Exit emergency mode

– Stop the tractor.
– Terminate emergency operation by switching ignition OFF and ON.
Crop_this_page

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.15 Fuel consumption measurement
2.15.1 Fuel consumption measurement T007291
Reset fuel consumption measurement

2
NOTE: Lock power lift and hydraulic valves when not in use (e.g. driving on roads, PTO work). No pilot pres-
sure is then applied; this results in fuel savings.
3 4
Motor und Getriebe
Pflug
B
27,5 34,8
2
AUTO 15 %
Pflug
15,0 6,8
Verbrauchsmessung
1400 2000
D
27,5 34,8 15,0 6,8 5,4 l/ha
8,0 l/ha
224,5 l
1 457,8 l
l/h l/ha
Schlepper Info
Pflug A
Crop_this_page
km km
25,7 /h 34,8 /h
l
27,5 /ha
AUTO
15 %
km
37,0 /h
Fig. 1. I018625
Menu sequence to the "Consumption measurement" page

3. Pressing the soft key (B) from the "Engine & Transmission" page causes the "Consumption Measure-
ment" page to appear
4. "Consumption Measurement" page

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Reset consumption measurement Verbrauchsmessung
C Reset the average consumption (after the trac-
tor has started)
D Reset trip meter 1
E Reset trip meter 2
2 F Toggle switch for converting "l/h" to "l/ha"
5,4 l/ha
C
8,0 l/ha
NOTE: Maximum value for the sum counter is
40,000 litres, then measuring starts at 0 again. D
224,5 l
E
457,8 l
F
l/h l/ha
Fig. 2. I018626
Crop_this_page

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.16 Tractor Management System (TMS)
2.16.1 General T005358
2
DANGER:
Trailer pilot control and trailer brake (compressed air) are only effective when the tractor brake
pedal is pressed.
Do not brake with the joystick/throttle pedal when driving with a trailer.
Using continuous Vario technology it is possible to automate adjustment of the transmission ratio with cruise
control and load limit control. Electronic engine management systems enable automated interaction between
engine and transmission.
With a TMS (tractor management system), the operator just specifies the road speed and the TMS decides
the way it can be reached and kept as constant and efficiently as possible.
Throttle pedal mode with trailer
1. Set maximum accelerator pedal resolution.
2. Bring the trailer tongue into a horizontal position to the trailer hitch.
3. Check the trailer brake for correct functionality (trailer brake should not drag, tractor and trailer must re-
main straight during braking).
MODE 1
Joystick - engine management system off
The transmission ratio is set using the joystick; the engine speed is set with the throttle pedal.
MODE 2
Joystick - engine management system on
The road speed is set with the joystick; the engine speed and transmission ratio are set automatically.
NOTE: If the TMS is active and change of direction of travel is programmed, the speed is taken up indepen- Crop_this_page
dently of the engine speed.
MODE 3
Throttle pedal - engine management system on
The road speed is set with the throttle pedal; the engine speed and transmission ratio are set automatically.
NOTE: If the TMS is active during a programmed change of direction of travel, the tractor only drives to the
road speed set with the throttle pedal.
2.16.2 Engine management T005359
CAUTION:
If engine management is active, the engine speed can increase to maximum speed.
NOTE: Engine speed settings made with the hand throttle potentiometer can be exceeded, but the speed
will not go below the set speed.
NOTE: If the TMS is active, the cruise control function has no engine speed limit (e.g. cruise control can even
be activated at idling speed).

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Power version
NOTE: If stored engine speeds are activated using
the memory buttons (A/B), the set target values are
maintained (e.g. for working with the PTO) even
2 when the engine management system is on.
Fig. 1. I012631
NOTE: If stored engine speeds are activated using
the memory buttons (A/B), the set target values are
maintained (e.g. for working with the PTO) even
when the engine management system is on.
Activate engine management

Press the key in the multi-function armrest; the LED next to the key is lit.
– TMS display (A) active. Schlepper Info

Pflug
km km
25,7 /h 34,8 /h
l
27,5 /ha
AUTO
15 %
37,0 km
/h A
Fig. 3. I018638

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.16.3 Throttle pedal - operation T005361
Throttle pedal - activate operation

Press the key in the multi-function armrest; the LED next to the key is lit.
2
– Indicator (A) is highlighted green. Schlepper Info
Pflug
km km
25,7 /h 34,8 /h
l
27,5 /ha
AUTO
15 %
37,0 km
/h A
Fig. 4. I018617
Indicator appears in the instrument panel.
NOTE: When the throttle pedal function is switched on, the tractor management system (TMS) is switched
on automatically.
Crop_this_page
Function indicators
On the multiple display:
Appears for about 2 seconds when throttle pedal mode is activated or as long as no direction of
travel is selected.
Appears for about 2 seconds when throttle pedal mode is switched off.
Appears when the joystick is moved in the current direction of travel in throttle pedal mode. At
the same time a warning beep sounds.
It is not possible to accelerate with the joystick.

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Select direction of travel with the direction of travel lever
– Select direction of travel with switch (A).
– Travel direction indicator flashes.
– Start off with the throttle pedal.
2 – Travel direction indicator is lit.
Fig. 5. I011485
Select direction of travel with the joystick

stick.
– Push joystick forward or back.
– Start off with the throttle pedal.
NOTE: Once the direction of travel has been acti-
vated it can be changed by moving the joystick to
the left with the activating key pressed.
NOTE: There is a driving cut-out on the operator's
seat. If the operator's seat is unoccupied for more
than 3 seconds when the tractor is stationary, the
driving cut-out is activated. The direction of travel
must be reselected.
Throttle pedal resolution

Different speed ranges can be set from 0 - 5 km/h for the "lowest" range, to a top speed, or "highest" range.
– The speed range can be changed with the rotary
control (A).
Fig. 7. I012656

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
– Indicator (A) shows the road speed that can be Schlepper Info
attained when the throttle pedal is pressed
Pflug
down fully.
2
km km
25,7 /h 34,8 /h
l
27,5 /ha
AUTO
15 %
37,0 km
/h A
Fig. 8. I018617
Decelerate with the joystick

NOTE: In throttle pedal mode, the tractor can also
be slowed down with the joystick.
– Move the joystick in the direction opposite to
the current direction of travel.
NOTE: Deceleration (I slower - IV faster) can be in-
fluenced with the acceleration switch (A).
Fig. 9. I012662
Crop_this_page

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.16.4 Set TMS engine speed range T007294
Set maximum and minimum engine speed limit
2 3 4
Motor und Getriebe
Pflug
A
27,5 34,8
2
AUTO 15 %
Pflug
15,0 6,8
TMS Motordrehzahlbereich
Pflug
1400 2000
D
27,5 34,8 15,0 6,8
1400 2000
1/min 1/min
Schlepper Info
Pflug A
km km
25,7 /h 34,8 /h
l
27,5 /ha
AUTO
15 %
km
37,0 /h
Crop_this_page
Fig. 10. I018631
Menu sequence to the "TMS engine speed range" page

2. Pressing the soft key (D) on the tractor main page causes the "Engine & transmission" page to appear
3. Pressing the soft key (A) on the "Engine & transmission" page causes the "TMS engine speed range" page
to appear
4. "TMS engine speed range" page

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Set speeds TMS Motordrehzahlbereich
– Using touch or the navigation keys, move the
Pflug
focus frame to display the minimum (A) or max-
imum (B) speed.
2
NOTE: The maximum engine speed that can be set
is the engine limit speed. 1400 2000
The minimum engine speed that can be set is the 1/min 1/min
idling speed + 10 rpm.
The value set can be overridden with the accelera-
tor.
A B
Fig. 11. I018634
Activate engine control range Crop_this_page

Activate engine management systems TMS Motordrehzahlbereich
B Toggle switch for engine management in oper- Pflug
C
ating mode
Toggle switch for engine management with
B
PTO switched on (active in the adjoining dia-
gram)
D Toggle switch for engine management when a
C
1400 2000
hydraulic valve is actuated 1/min 1/min
E Toggle switch for engine management when
the front or rear linkage is actuated
D
NOTE: If the foot brake or engine brake is actuated, E
the engine speed control is interrupted; after releas-
ing the brake, engine management is reactivated.
If the tractor is stationary or the transmission is in
neutral, engine management remains active for
PTO, EHS valves or linkage.
Cancellation of engine management under the
following condition:
The engine management switches off if the opera-
tor leaves the operator's seat for more than 3 sec-
H
onds while the tractor is moving and/or the
transmission is not in neutral.
Fig. 12. I018637

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.17 PTO
2.17.1 General T005366
2 DANGER:
Switch off the engine before attaching or removing the transmission shaft, and before cleaning,
servicing or repairing PTO-driven implements. Always wait for the PTO-driven implement to
come to a complete standstill.
Do not operate the PTO before all safety devices are in place.
Observe the specified pipe overlap requirements for the drive shaft. Ensure that no one is stand-
ing in the danger area during PTO operation.
Nobody should be in the cab when installing and removing the drive shaft, especially children.
When operating with overrunning implements, use a drive shaft with free wheel.
Carelessness in areas near turning drive shafts can result in serious or fatal injuries.
2.17.2 Rear PTO T009174
DANGER:
After using the PTO, set the rpm selector to "0" and cover the PTO stub shaft with the protec-
tive cover.
NOTE: If the permissible torque is exceeded due to the nature of the operation (see manufacturer's instruc-
tions), use a transmission shaft with overload coupling.
Transmission shaft attachment
A Incorrect
B Correct
To prevent irregular running, take note of the fitting
position of the transmission shaft.
Crop_this_page
NOTE: See also the transmission shaft manufac-
turer's Technical Manual.
Fig. 1. I012664

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
PTO shaft protection cover
Direction of PTO rotation: see arrow.
Fig. 2. I012665
PTO shaft guard

Before operating the rear PTO, remove the PTO
protective cover (A).
NOTE: If the trailer hitch is disconnected at the
PTO protection plate point, the PTO protection is
not required.
Pre-select PTO speed

A PTO 1000 (standard)
B PTO 540E (standard)
C PTO 1000E (optional)
D PTO neutral
NOTE: As long as the LED next to the button that
is pressed is flashing, the changeover is still taking
place or the PTO is still running. PTO cannot be en-
gaged.
If the LED next to the key pressed is lit, the PTO
speed is switched on. The PTO can now be en-
gaged.
NOTE: At transmission temperatures below -10 °C:
- first switch PTO speed to Neutral, wait for 5 sec- Fig. 4. I012770
onds, then select a new PTO speed.
- after selecting the PTO speed, wait for 5 seconds
and then engage the PTO.
2.17.3 Engage and disengage rear PTO T005372
DANGER:
Before engaging the PTO, make sure no-one is near implement.
The selected PTO speed of the tractor must match the permitted implement speed (see imple-
ment manufacturer's manual).

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Engage and disengage the rear PTO with button (A).
When the PTO is engaged, the LED beside the push
button is lit.
The coupling process depends on the length of time
the push button is pressed:
2 Less than 5 secs.
Smooth start, PTO clutch automatically adapts to
the requirements of the implement.
More than 5 secs.
Speed and error monitoring are bypassed.
NOTE: If the tractor is not moving, the button (A)
must be pressed twice!
NOTE: If no PTO speed has been selected when Fig. 5. I012779
engaging the PTO, it disengages after a few sec-
onds and a warning message appears on the multi-
ple display.
When changing PTO speeds, always shift to neutral
first, then select the desired PTO speed. For imple-
ments that require high initial power, disengage the
rear PTO before switching the engine off.
External operation
– Press push button (A) to engage and disengage.
Safety switch
The PTO operates only as long as push button (A) is
pressed.
If the push button is pressed until the red light in the
button comes on, the PTO shaft remains engaged.
Crop_this_page
Fig. 6. I012780
Flange PTO
*Flange PTO shaft 1 3/8” 21 - involute spline profile.
Flange PTO shaft 1 3/4" 6 - splined shaft profile.
Flange PTO shaft 1 3/4” 20 - involute spline profile.
*Flange PTO shaft 1 3/8" 6 - splined shaft profile.
* Only for implements with a max. power require-
ment of 103 kW/140 HP
NOTE: When flange PTO shaft (A) is changed,
tighten hexagon nuts (B) to 69 Nm.
Fig. 7. I012787

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.17.4 Front PTO (optional) T005373
PTO shaft protection cover

DANGER:
After operating the PTO, re-cover the PTO
2
stub shaft with the protective cover to
prevent injuries.
Fig. 8. I012788
2.17.5 Engage and disengage front PTO T005384
DANGER:
Before engaging the PTO, make sure no-one is near the implement.
– Engage and disengage the front PTO with but-
ton (A).
When the PTO is engaged, the LED beside the push
button is lit.
The start up process depends on the length of time
the push button is pressed:
Crop_this_page
Less than 5 secs.
Smooth start, PTO clutch automatically adapts to
the requirements of the implement.
More than 5 secs.
Speed and error monitoring are bypassed.
NOTE: If the tractor is not moving, the button (A)
must be pressed twice! Fig. 9. I012789
2.17.6 Calibrate rear and front PTO clutch T005387
DANGER:
During calibration, the PTO may rotate slightly.
The PTO clutch is calibrated to adapt the starting characteristic for the implement concerned, e.g. imple-
ments that require high initial power to start.
The values determined during calibration are used for future starting processes.
The calibration is only to be made with the implement connected.
Calibrate rear PTO clutch
– Start engine.
NOTE: If there are any fault messages, confirm each one individually.
Press the button until there are no more fault messages.

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
If there are no fault messages
Press button, the first main menu
level appears on the multiple display.
2 Press one of the buttons repeatedly

Press button.
The following image appears on the
multiple display.
Fig. 10. I012793

Press button.
Fig. 11. I012796
– The rear PTO menu level appears in the multiple

display.
Crop_this_page
Fig. 12. I012802
Press button.
Image appears on the multiple display.

Input code 6034 for rear PTO.
Press one of buttons until desired number is displayed.
Press button to save.

Once the last number has been saved, the following image appears.
Select any PTO setting and start the rear PTO.
If calibration completes successfully, OK is displayed, and the new sensor settings are stored.
If incorrect values are detected or the conditions are not met, the message ERROR appears.

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Press button.
– After switching the ignition OFF, wait approx. 5 seconds. The new data will be applied when the ignition
is turned ON. 2
Calibrate the front PTO clutch
– Start engine.
NOTE: If there are any fault messages, confirm each one individually.
Press the button until there are no more fault messages.
If there are no fault messages

Press the button; image (A) appears
on the multiple display.

Press button.
Fig. 13. I012793

Crop_this_page
– Image (A) is displayed on the multiple display.
Fig. 14. I012815

Press button.
multiple display.
Input code 7034 for front PTO.
Press one of buttons until desired number is displayed.
Press button to save.

Once the last number has been saved, the following image appears.
Start front PTO.

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
If calibration completes successfully, OK is displayed, and the new sensor settings are stored.
If incorrect values are detected or the conditions are not met, the message ERROR appears.
Press button.
2
– After switching the ignition OFF, wait approx. 5 seconds. The new data will be applied when the ignition
is turned ON.
Crop_this_page

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.18 Four-wheel drive
2.18.1 4WD operation T005396
Front-wheel drive can be engaged or disengaged under load.

To avoid unnecessary noise levels and excessive tyre wear, do not use front-wheel drive for ordinary road
2
travel. However, it may be useful to engage it on greasy road surfaces or on ice and snow.
4WD ON/OFF
Press button (A) to engage and disengage 4WD.
The LED next to the button is lit when 4WD is en-
gaged.
Indicator lamp is lit in the instrument
panel.
4WD automatic mode ON/OFF

Press key (B) to engage and disengage 4WD auto-
matic mode.
Four-wheel drive disengages automatically at
speeds higher than 20 km/h and then re-engages Fig. 1. I012870
below 20 km/h.
Four-wheel drive also disengages automatically
when the steering angle is greater than 25° and re-
engages below 25°.
When 4WD automatic mode is engaged, the LED
beside the button is lit.
When the 4WD engages automati-
cally, the indicator lamp in the instru- Crop_this_page
ment panel is lit.

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.19 Differential lock
2.19.1 Differential lock operation T005403
2 DANGER:
Do not use on normal roads or on bends.
Top speed 20 km/h. Do not operate steering brakes.
Differential lock ON/OFF
Press button (A) to engage and disengage differen-
tial lock.
When the differential lock is engaged, the LED next
to the button is lit.
Indicator lamp is lit in the instrument
panel.
Differential lock (automatic mode) ON/OFF

Press button (B) to engage and disengage differen-
tial lock automatic mode.
The differential lock disengages automatically at Fig. 1. I012874
speeds greater than 20 km/h and must be re-en-

gaged when the speed falls below 20 km/h.
The differential lock is automatically disengaged
when the steering angle is greater than 15° and re-
engages below 15°.
The differential lock is disengaged when the foot
brake is operated and re-engages when the foot
brake is released.
Crop_this_page
When differential lock automatic mode is on, the
LED next to the button is lit.
When the differential lock engages
automatically, the indicator lamp in the
instrument panel is lit.

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.20 Front axle suspension
2.20.1 Operating the front axle suspension T005404
DANGER: 2
When the tractor is stationary, raising or lowering the tractor body is dangerous for people in
the vicinity of the front axle.
NOTE: Function can only be selected while the engine is running.
NOTE: When the tractor is started, the function selected last is activated.
Lock mode
Front axle suspension with harder suspension: axle
is in central position.
Briefly press button (A) for less than 3 seconds.
The LED next to the button lights up.
NOTE: To avoid unwanted movement when the
vehicle is stationary, lock mode is disengaged at
speeds below 0.5 km/h and re-engaged above
0.7 km/h.
NOTE: Lock mode automatically deactivates at
speeds over 15 km/h. LED goes out.
Fig. 1. I012875
Suspension mode
Briefly press button (B) for less than 3 seconds.
Crop_this_page
Axle is in central position
NOTE: The wobble stabiliser (FSC) engages auto-
matically at speeds above 20 km/h and disengages
automatically at speeds below 15 km/h if the brake
is not operated.
Fig. 2. I012875
Lower front axle suspension

When the tractor is stationary:
Keep button (A) pressed for more than 3 seconds: the tractor frame is lowered to the limit stop on the front
axle.
The tractor frame will not automatically adjust to the central position of the suspension range until its speed
exceeds 2 km/h.
Raise front axle suspension
When the tractor is stationary:
Keep button (B) pressed for more than 3 seconds. The tractor frame is raised within the suspension range
as long as the button remains pressed.
The tractor frame will not automatically adjust to the central position of the suspension range until its speed
exceeds 2 km/h.
Level control temporarily deactivates because of one of the following reasons:
– Brakes are applied.

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
– Road speed is below 2 km/h.
– Front axle load is too high
– Wobble stabiliser (FSC) is active.
NOTE: When the rear PTO is engaged, the level control switch-off speed is reduced to 0.5 km/h.
2
Crop_this_page

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.21 Power lift and PTO automatic mode
2.21.1 Power lift automatic mode T005406
This automatic mode allows the operation of the front and rear linkages to be transferred to the buttons on
the joystick.
2
Activate automatic mode
A Rear power lift
B Front power lift
C Depth control for rear power lift
D Depth control for front power lift
NOTE: To unlock the power lift, push the quick-lift
switch (A/B) upwards once.
Set desired value with the depth control (C/D).
Fig. 1. I012882
A Rear power lift automatic mode ON/OFF.

B Front power lift automatic mode ON/OFF.
NOTE: If the LED next to the pressed key is lit, the
required function is activated.
NOTE: Automatic mode can be overridden with the
quick-lift switch. Automatic mode is only reacti-
vated when the quick-lift switch is in the central po- Crop_this_page
sition.
Fig. 2. I012883
Use automatic mode

– Press button (A): front power lift goes into "Con-
trol" mode.
– Press button (C): rear power lift goes into "Con-
trol" mode.
The linkage is lowered to the value set by the depth
control.
– Press button (B): front power lift goes into
"Raise" mode.
– Press button (D): rear power lift goes into
"Raise" mode.
Linkage rises to the set upper limit.
– Press button (E): the linkage remains in the cur- Fig. 3. I012887
rent position.
NOTE: The external buttons on the front and rear of the tractor remain active in automatic mode and take
priority. If the linkage is moved using the external control buttons, the EPC is locked and automatic mode
must be switched on again.

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.21.2 PTO automatic mode T005416
This automatic mode allows the control of the rear and front PTOs to be transferred to the buttons on the
joystick.
2 Activate automatic mode
NOTE: Select PTO speed for rear PTO.
A Rear PTO automatic mode ON/OFF.
B Front PTO automatic mode ON/OFF.
NOTE: If the LED next to the pressed key is lit, the
required function is activated.
NOTE: Automatic mode can be deactivated at any
time.
Fig. 4. I012889
Use automatic mode

A Press button; the front PTO is switched ON.
B Press button; the front PTO is switched OFF.
C Press button; the rear PTO is switched ON.
D Press button; the rear PTO is switched OFF.
E Press button; the PTOs are switched off.
NOTE: PTO automatic mode can be activated with
PTO engaged or disengaged. Crop_this_page
Fig. 5. I012887
2.21.3 PTO automatic mode with power lift T005420
This automatic mode allows the control of front and rear PTOs, and the front and rear linkages to be trans-
ferred to the buttons on the joystick.
The PTOs are engaged and disengaged at a preset power lift position.
NOTE: The engaging position of the rear PTO is slightly below the lift height set by the lift height limiter.
When the travel speed is greater than 25 km/h, automatic mode is switched off.

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Activate automatic mode
A Activate power lift automatic mode
B Activate PTO automatic mode
Fig. 6. I012891
Use automatic mode

A Press button: Front power lift goes into "Con-
trol" mode. The front PTO engages when the
front linkage overruns a preset position.
B Press button: Front power lift goes into "Raise"
mode. The front PTO disengages when the
front linkage overruns a preset position.
C Press button: Rear power lift goes into "Con-
trol" mode. The rear PTO engages when the
rear lifting gear overruns a preset position.
D Press button: Rear power lift goes into "Raise"
mode. The rear PTO disengages when the rear
lifting gear overruns a preset position.
E Press button: The linkage remains in its cur- Crop_this_page
Fig. 7. I012887
rent position. If the PTOs are currently en-
gaged, they become disengaged.
NOTE: In automatic mode, the buttons on the joystick have equal priority with the buttons for normal mode.
After operating with the normal mode buttons, the PTOs can be re-engaged with the joystick buttons.
NOTE: When the travel speed is greater than 25 km/h, automatic mode is switched off.
If the operator's seat is unoccupied for more than 3 seconds, automatic mode is stopped.
2.21.4 Modify standard settings for rear automatic mode T005422
NOTE: PTO must not be switched on.

Press the multiple display control but-
ton: the first main menu appears on
the multiple display.
Press one of the multiple display con-

trol buttons repeatedly until symbol
(A) flashes.
Press multiple display control button.

multiple display.
Fig. 8. I012793

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
(A) flashes.
2 Press multiple display control button.

The following image appears on the Fig. 9. I012796
multiple display.

(A) flashes.

multiple display.
To activate the power lift, switch

through quick-lift switches.
Move linkage to the desired switch-on
position.
Pre-select a PTO speed
(1000/540E/1000E).
Engage PTO with the push button.
The following image appears.
Crop_this_page
Move linkage to the desired switch-off
position.
Disengage PTO with the push button.
If the process is completed correctly, image (J) ap-

pears. If image (K) is displayed, the process must be
repeated.
Fig. 11. I012921

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Restore standard setting
Press the multiple display control but-
ton: the first main menu appears on
the multiple display.
Press one of the multiple display con- 2

(A) flashes.

multiple display.
Fig. 12. I012793

(A) flashes.

multiple display.

(A) flashes.
Crop_this_page
multiple display.
The image shown appears, confirming that the stan-

dard setting is active again.
Fig. 15. I012923

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.22 Brakes
2.22.1 Brakes T005428
2 DANGER:
Always check the brakes before driving.
If there is no hydraulic pressure, the hand brake is applied.
Brake pressure warning (brake pressure outside valid range) appears on the multiple display.
2.22.2 Foot brake T009175
dual-circuit brake version

Foot brake (A)
Maximum permitted overall weight with equip-
ment:
40 km/h = 18 t
50 km/h = 18 t
60 km/h = 16 t
single-circuit brake version

DANGER:
On normal roads, and when pulling trailers equipped with air brakes, the independent wheel
brakes must be locked together (lock the pedals).
– For independent wheel braking (steering brake),
unlatch the pedals (A).
– Release screen (B) appears.
– Press the pedal for the inner wheel.
Maximum permitted overall weight with equip-
ment:
40 km/h = 18 t
50 km/h = 15 t
NOTE: Only use the steering brake at low speeds
and never jerk it. Do not use it with the differential
lock engaged.
Fig. 2. I013652

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Lock brake pedals
– Push lever (A) to the left.
Fig. 3. I013651
2.22.3 Hand brake T005443
DANGER:
When parking the tractor, always immobilise with the hand brake; on slopes, also chock the
wheels.
Hand brake
A Hand brake lever
B Sheath on the hand brake lever
Operate the hand brake by pressing the lever (A)
back. A
Release the hand brake by lifting the locking latch
(B); the hand brake lever (A) moves forward to the
Crop_this_page
default position by itself.
NOTE: When the hand brake (A) is operated, a B
spring brake closes the 4WD clutch, which also
causes the rear axle to brake. A warning light in the
instrument panel protects against unintentional
driving with the hand brake applied.
If the speed is less than 2 km/h within 2 seconds,
the transmission automatically switches to neutral. Fig. 4. I019099
2.22.4 Brake release screws T005483
DANGER:
Before releasing the spring-loaded brake cylinder, secure the vehicle to prevent it from rolling.
The spring-loaded emergency device should only be used in an emergency or when carrying
out shunting work in the workshop.
Once the spring-loaded brake cylinder has been released, the hand brake does not function.
DANGER:
When there is no pressure in the compressed air system, the foot brake has no braking effect.
Use the tow bar!

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
– Unscrew the brake release screws (A) as far as
they will go, continue turning to the stop; the
hand brake is released.
NOTE: Both brake release screws must be un-
2 screwed to allow the tractor to move.
Fig. 5. I027296
2.22.5 Hydraulic trailer brake T005502
(optional)
DANGER:
When the engine is OFF, the trailer is not braked.
NOTE: For transport operations, the country-specific regulations for trailer brake systems are binding.
Trailers with hydraulic brakes should only be towed at up to 25 km/h, depending on the tractor. Above
25 km/h, trailers with air brakes are required.
The hydraulic trailer braking system is active as soon as the foot brake or hand brake is activated while the
engine is running.
Hydraulic trailer brake "pressure release"
– When coupling, the hydraulic trailer brake can
be pressure released with button (A) while the
engine is running and the hand brake is applied. Crop_this_page
– The LED next to the button is lit.
Fig. 6. I013277
2.22.6 Engine brake (optional) T005505
– Press push button (A).

NOTE: Engine brake is only effective at an engine
speed above 900 rpm.
Full braking effect at high engine speeds only.
Maximum permissible engine speed 2,600 rpm.
Fig. 7. I013278

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.23 Steering
2.23.1 General T005529
DANGER: 2
In the event of complete failure of the hydraulic power steering, the tractor can still be steered.
However, a greater force is required. Do not exceed a road speed of 10 km/h!
2.23.2 Steering wheel adjustment T005533
The height and angle of the steering wheel can be adjusted 100 mm and tilted at any angle up to 42°.
Normal version
– To release the locking catch, fully depress pedal
(A).
NOTE: The height and angle of the steering wheel
can be adjusted at any time.
Fig. 1. I013324
Reverse operation (Rüfa) version

– To release the locking catch, fully depress pedal Crop_this_page
(A).
NOTE: The height and angle of the steering wheel
can be adjusted at any time.
Fig. 2. I013323

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.24 Hydraulics
2.24.1 General notes for hydraulic operations T005535
2 DANGER:
When working with hydraulic implements, make sure no one is standing in the working area.
Nobody, especially children, should be in the cab when connecting or removing hydraulic im-
plements.
Do not stand beneath a raised load. Always observe the accident prevention regulations.
Lock all the EHS valves after performing hydraulic work.
DANGER:
There is a risk of injury when hitching implements to the tractor.
Never stand between the tractor and the implement. Prevent the tractor from rolling away
(parking brake, wheel chock).
NOTE: Lock power lift and EHS valves when not in use (e.g. driving on roads, carrying out PTO work). No
pilot pressure is then applied; this results in fuel savings.
Stand at a safe distance when externally operating the three-point linkage. For road transport, raise imple-
ments to the required height and lock the control levers. Make sure the EPC is in transport position. When
transporting a plough with castor support wheel, lock the lateral support and unhook the top link. When cor-
nering, allow for wide load and the oscillating weight of the implement. Before leaving the tractor, fully lower
mounted implements. Switch off the engine and remove the ignition key. Make sure detached implements
are stable. The three-point implement must have standardised connection dimensions; if necessary, fit a con-
nection pin with suitable ball profile for quick-release coupling. Operate the hydraulics with warm oil only; if
necessary, run the engine for a few minutes beforehand at average speed. If the hydraulic system overheats,
stop the tractor immediately and allow the engine to cool. Do not keep control valves at the end of travel for
long periods of time (hydraulic pump must deliver against pressure - oil heats up).
2.24.2 Valve equipment T005540 Crop_this_page

The eight (6 rear, 2 front) available EHS valves are identified by different colours in the valve sub-menus, on
the operating controls and on the caps for front and rear connections.
NOTE: The standard front power lift is operated with valve 4 in the Power version and valve 8 in the Profi
version.
NOTE: EHS valve operation can be changed with the switching function for EHS valve actuation
(see §2.24.15, page 195).
Power version
Valve equipment with maximum equipment
1 yellow
2 blue
3 red
4 green
Fig. 1. I013330

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Valve equipment with maximum equipment
1 yellow
2 blue
3 red
4 green 2
5 brown
6 violet
7 olive
8 grey
Fig. 2. I013331
2.24.3 Lock the EHS valves (all) T005534
Lock the EHS valves via the keypad on the multi-function armrest
Press key (A) to switch the EHS valve lock on and
off.
When the EHS valve lock is engaged, the LED be-
side the key is lit.
NOTE: To prevent accidental activation of the EHS
valves, they are all locked when the tractor is
started.
Crop_this_page
Fig. 3. I013328
Lock individual EHS valves

Lock the individual valves in Varioterminal see §2.24.6, page 182.
2.24.4 Operate the valves T005541
NOTE: After starting the tractor, the valves must first be unlocked.
DANGER:
If a valve is operated with the time function active, it does not shut off until the preset time has
expired!
Operating the valves with the crossgate lever
A Raise
B Lowering/pressure
C Floating position
Fig. 4. I013332

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Operate the valves with the linear module
A Raise
B Lowering/pressure
C Floating position
Fig. 5. I013333
Operate the valves with the joystick

A Raise
B Lowering/pressure
C Floating position
Fig. 6. I013334
Crop_this_page
2.24.5 Set the valves T006871
Setting options
1. Lock/unlock valve see §2.24.6, page 182
2. Activate time function see §2.24.7, page 183
3. Valve prioritisation see §2.24.8, page 183
4. Response sensitivity see §2.24.9, page 184
5. Raise/lower flow rate see §2.24.10, page 185
6. External operation see §2.24.11, page 185

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Call up the valve setting menu
3
Pflug
2
30l 30l
2 30l 30l 10s
30l 30l 10s

Pflug
30l 30l 10s
30l 30l 10s
C G
30l 30l 10s
EXT
27,5 34,8 15,0 6,8
Pflug
1 30l 30l 10s
30l 30l 10s
Schlepper Info
Pflug A
km km
25,7 /h 34,8 /h
27,5 l
/ha
AUTO
15 %
G
km
37,0 /h
Crop_this_page
Fig. 7. I017304
Menu sequence for valve setting

2. Pressing the soft key (C) on the tractor main page causes the "Rear EHS valves" page to appear
3. Soft key (G) switches between the "Rear EHS valves" and "Front EHS valves" pages

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Overview of the settings of the individual
valves Hydraulikventile Heck
A
A Lock/unlock valve toggle switch E
Pflug F G
B Activate time function toggle switch
C Prioritise valve toggle switch B
2 D Response sensitivity toggle switch (hard/nor-
30l 30l 10s
mal start)
E Raise flow rate display C
F Lower flow rate display
G Time function display 30l 30l 10s
H Valve for external operation D
NOTE: Only available on the "Rear 3-point 30l 30l 10s
Linkage" page.
30l 30l 10s
30l 30l 10s
30l 30l 10s
EXT H
Fig. 8. I017265
2.24.6 Locking individual valves T006896
Crop_this_page
Lock valves on Vario terminal
A Lock/unlock valve toggle switch
– Using touch or the navigation keys, select the Hydraulikventile Heck A
corresponding valve on the "Rear EHS valves" Pflug
page.
– Touch the softkey (A), a red lock is displayed
and the valve is locked (see fig. 9 ). 30l 30l
30l 30l 10s
30l 30l 10s
30l 30l 10s
30l 30l 10s
30l 30l 10s
EXT
Fig. 9. I017358

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.24.7 Set the time function T006893
Set and activate the time function on the Varioterminal

The time function is used to set the operating time for individual EHS valves.
With a setting between 0 and 60 seconds, the EHS valve continues operating until the set time has elapsed, 2
then switches off automatically.
If set to over 60 seconds (see fig. 10 yellow valve), the valve remains on continuously once actuated (on con-
tinuously for constant consumers).
– In the relevant valve colour sequence, touch the
bar for the time function or use the navigation
B
keys to move the focus frame to the corre-
sponding valve. Hydraulikventile Heck
Pflug
A
– Set the actuation time with the potentiometer
30l 30l
(A).
The number displayed in the foreground of the 30l 30l 10s
bar shows the set actuation time in seconds.
30l 30l 10s
– Use the toggle switch (B) to pre-select (activate)
the time function. 30l 30l 10s
30l 30l 10s

Fig. 10. I017282
– Switch the EHS valve setting with the time

function to raise (A) or lower (B); the EHS valve
continues operating for the amount of time that
is set.
NOTE: To cancel the time function, actuate the
EHS valve to raise (A) or lower (B).
Crop_this_page
Fig. 11. I017525
2.24.8 Priority function T006674
The available hydraulic oil volume is uniformly distributed to the eight possible EHS valves (6 at the rear, 2 at
the front) and the linkage. If more than one control unit and/or the linkage is operated simultaneously and the
oil volume requirement exceeds the maximum oil volume, then the oil volume of all participating control units
is reduced proportionally.
Priority function for a valve.
The proportional distribution can be deactivated for one control unit. This valve always receives the required
volume of oil. If more oil is available, the remaining oil volume is distributed proportionally to all other con-
sumers.

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Activate the priority function for a hydraulic valve
C "Prioritise valve" toggle switch Hydraulikventile Heck
– Using touch or the navigation keys, select the Pflug
corresponding valve on the "Rear EHS valves"
2 –
page.
Touching the soft key (C) causes PRIO to ap- 30l 30l
pear in the display field (see the yellow valve in
the adjoining illustration) and the valve is prior-
C
itised. 30l 30l 10s
30l 30l 10s
30l 30l 10s
30l 30l 10s
30l 30l 10s
EXT
Fig. 12. I017419
2.24.9 Set the valve response sensitivity T006909
Activate the response sensitivity (hard/soft start) Crop_this_page

D "Hard/soft start" toggle switch Hydraulikventile Heck
corresponding valve on the "Rear EHS valves"
page.
– Touching the soft key (D) causes the symbol for 30l 30l
"hard start" to appear in the display field (see
fig. 13 ).
NOTE: If the toggle switch is pressed on the "Soft 30l 30l 10s
start" page, no symbol appears in the display field!
D
30l 30l 10s
30l 30l 10s
30l 30l 10s
30l 30l 10s
EXT
Fig. 13. I017466

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.24.10 Set the flow rate T006892
Set the raise/lower flow rate
– Touch the bar for raise or lower the flow rate; a 2

red focus frame appears. A
– Turn the adjustment wheel (A) until the required Pflug
value between 0 l and 100 l is reached (optional

30l 30l
green valve available with 140 l flow rate).
Settings are stored automatically. 30l 30l 10s
30l 30l 10s
30l 30l 10s
30l 30l 10s
30l 30l 10s
EXT
Fig. 14. I017280
2.24.11 External valve actuation T005545
Activate external valve actuation

– Touch field for selecting "External operation" or
actuate with the navigation keys. Crop_this_page
Pflug
30l 30l
30l 30l 10s
30l 30l 10s
30l 30l 10s
30l 30l 10s
30l 30l 10s
EXT
Fig. 15. I017434

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
– The "Valve selection" window is opened.
Pflug
Ventilauswahl
30l 30l
2 30l 30l 10s
30l 30l 10s
30l 30l 10s
30l 30l 10s
30l 30l 10s
EXT
Fig. 16. I017435
– Select valve and confirm with .

NOTE: If a valve is specified for the steering
axle, it cannot be selected for external opera- Hydraulikventile Heck
Pflug
tion. Ventilauswahl
30l 30l
– The window closes after confirmation. 30l 30l 10s
30l 30l 10s
30l 30l 10s
30l 30l 10s
30l 30l 10s
EXT

– The selected valve appears in the "External op-
eration" selection.
– The designation "EXT" appears in the display
window of the relevant valve. Hydraulikventile Heck
Pflug
30l 30l
30l 30l 10s
30l 30l 10s
30l 30l 10s
30l 30l 10s
30l 30l 10s
EXT
Fig. 18. I017443

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Rear external valve actuation
– External control (lift/lower) of the selected valve
with push button (A).
NOTE: The valve is operated as long as the
push button is pressed.
When using external valve actuation, the corre-
2
sponding valve is locked in the Varioterminal.
To unlock, lift an individual lock in the Varioter-
minal or activate the overall locking on the
multi-function armrest and then unlock again.
NOTE: Rear external valve actuation has prior-
ity over settings made with the multi-function
armrest.
The maximum flow rate is approx. 30 l/min; it is
slowly increased from 5 l/min to 30 l/min.
Fig. 19. I017528
2.24.12 Set the floating position T006895
Activate and deactivate the floating position
– Switch the desired EHS valve to the floating po-

sition (C), i.e. as shown in the adjoining exam-
ple, and press the crossgate lever in direction C.
– To cancel the floating position, briefly actuate
raise or lower (A/B).
Crop_this_page
Fig. 20. I017525

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Display on the tractor main page
The symbol for the floating position appears as long Schlepper Hauptseite
as the corresponding EHS valve is in the floating po-
Pflug
sition (brown or olive valve in the adjoining exam-
2 ple).
27,5 34,8 15,0 6,8
Fig. 21. I017409

Crop_this_page
2.24.13 Automatic steering axle mode T005560
(optional)
Many implements have a tandem chassis with a hydraulic steering axle. This is controlled hydraulically and
serves to protect the ground in the field and to reduce wear on tyres on tarmac and in tight curves. In the
floating position the steering axle follows the curve by itself.
CAUTION:
Steering axle automatic mode will influence driving behaviour when activated.
General notes
– When reversing and at fast transport speeds, the steering axle must be locked in the centre position for
safety reasons.
– By actuating the buttons on the joystick or crossgate lever, the valve status can be adjusted while the
steering axle automatic mode is activated, e.g. when the steered axle is free and it needs to be locked.
It can be locked simply by pressing the raise button. The steering axle can easily be unlocked by pressing
the floating position.

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
– Connect the E-box steering axle control (part
number G 931.860.180.010) to the implement
socket (A).
Fig. 22. I013336
Choose the valve for automatic steering axle mode
4
3 Weitere Hydraulikfunktionen
Pflug
Pflug
14 bar
2
30l 30l
20,0 km/h
Schlepper Hauptseite 30l 30l 10s

Pflug
Crop_this_page
30l 30l 10s
2,0 km/h
30l 30l 10s
C
30l 30l 10s
F
1 Ventil für Anhänger-Lenkachse
27,5 34,8 15,0 6,8 30l 30l 10s
EXT
Schlepper Info
Pflug A
km km
25,7 /h 34,8 /h
l
27,5 /ha
AUTO
15 %
km
37,0 /h
Fig. 23. I018789
Menu sequence to other hydraulic functions

1. Pressing the soft key (A) calls up the "Tractor main page"
2. Pressing the soft key (C) on the tractor main page causes the "Rear EHS valves" page to appear
3. Touching the soft key (F) on the "Rear EHS valves" page causes the "Further hydraulic functions" page to
appear
4. "Further hydraulic functions" page

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
– Touch the field for selecting "Valve for trailer
steering axle" or actuate with the navigation
keys.
NOTE: Only when automatic steering axle Weitere Hydraulikfunktionen
2
Pflug
mode is disabled is it possible to change the se-
lection of the EHS valve.
14 bar
20,0 km/h
2,0 km/h
Fig. 24. I018793
– The "Valve selection" window is opened.
Weitere Hydraulikfunktionen
Pflug
Ventilauswahl
14 bar
20,0 km/h
Crop_this_page
2,0 km/h
Fig. 25. I018794
– Select valve and confirm with .

NOTE: If an EHS valve is assigned for external
valve actuation, it cannot be selected for auto- Weitere Hydraulikfunktionen
Pflug
matic steering axle mode. Ventilauswahl

14 bar
If a time function is active for the selected valve,
then it is deactivated with automatic steering 20,0 km/h
axle mode ON and can no longer be activated.

– The window closes after confirmation.
2,0 km/h
Fig. 26. I018795

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
– The selected valve appears in the selection
"Valve for trailer steering axle".
NOTE: The symbol for automatic steering axle
mode appears in the display window of the rel- Weitere Hydraulikfunktionen
2
Pflug
evant valve.
14 bar
20,0 km/h
2,0 km/h
Fig. 27. I018796
NOTE: If the EHS valve is unlocked but not assigned to the automatic steering axle mode, there is no display
at position (A).
Set speed limits
– Using touch or the navigation keys, move the Weitere Hydraulikfunktionen
focus frame to display the upper (C) or lower (E) Pflug
speed limit. Crop_this_page
the external control panel. 14 bar
NOTE: A lower speed limit of 0 - 3 km/h and an
upper speed limit of 10 - 25 km/h can be set.
Within this speed range (steering axle unlocked) C
or set to raise for approx. 3 seconds (steering
20,0 km/h
axle locked in the centre position).
NOTE: In the range between the two speed
limits the selected valve is put into the floating
position and the steering axle is open. The
steering axle is locked in the range above and
below both speed limits. E
2,0 km/h
Fig. 28. I018800

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Activate the automatic steering axle mode
NOTE: It cannot be activated if the EHS valves are locked. If the EHS valves are locked, activation is reset.
The automatic steering axle mode can only be engaged when the tractor is stationary.
E Automatic steering axle lock toggle switch Weitere Hydraulikfunktionen
2 H Jump back one menu level Pflug
NOTE: At speeds below the set minimum speed

limit, the steering axle is always locked. 14 bar
Manual operation with the buttons on the joystick or
crossgate lever is possible.
At speeds above the set maximum speed limit, the
steering axle is always locked.
20,0 km/h
E
It can be adjusted with (+). Floating position cannot
be activated.
2,0 km/h
Ventil für Anhänger-Lenkachse H
Fig. 29. I018799
Automatic steering axle mode status displays Crop_this_page

D Automatic steering axle mode status display Weitere Hydraulikfunktionen
The following steering axle status displays are pos- Pflug
sible:
Steering axle unlocked
14 bar
Steering axle locked (depending on

the speed range).
20,0 km/h
No activation possible because the D

tractor is moving. Bring tractor to a
standstill.
Selected EHS valve locked.
2,0 km/h
No display. Although the EHS valve is
unlocked, the automatic steering axle
mode is not assigned to the required
EHS valve.
Fault message, e.g. EHS valve electri-
cal fault.
Fig. 30. I018801

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Status displays on the tractor information page
Steering axle active and unlocked
km
37,0
Steering axle active and locked
/h
2
Fig. 31. I017544
Displays in the multiple display

Automatic steering axle activated.
Automatic steering axle mode not activated.
NOTE: The display only remains for approx. 5 seconds.
2.24.14 Increase the hydraulic control pressure for an external

hydraulic coupling: Power beyond T006920
Call up the "Further Hydraulic Functions" menu
Crop_this_page
4
3 Weitere Hydraulikfunktionen
Pflug
14 bar
B
Pflug
2
30l 30l
20,0 km/h

Pflug
30l 30l 10s
2,0 km/h
30l 30l 10s
C
30l 30l 10s
F
1 Ventil für Anhänger-Lenkachse
27,5 34,8 15,0 6,8 30l 30l 10s
EXT
Schlepper Info
Pflug A
km km
25,7 /h 34,8 /h
l
27,5 /ha
AUTO
15 %
km
37,0 /h
Fig. 32. I017535

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Menu sequence to further hydraulic applications
2. Pressing the soft key (C) from the "Tractor Main Menu" causes the "Hydraulic Valves Rear" page to appear
3. Pressing the soft key (F) on the "Rear EHS valves" page causes the "Further hydraulic functions" page to
2 appear
4. Pressing the soft key (B) causes the control pressure increase for an external load-sensing hydraulic con-
nection to be activated.
Set the value for a control pressure increase
WARNING:
Using the maximum flow rate can result A
in increased oil heating. Weitere Hydraulikfunktionen
Pflug
The control pressure (20 bar) can be increased by

1 bar to 25 bar here. 14 bar
NOTE: The standard control pressure increase is

20,0 km/h
pre-set to 15 bar.
focus frame to the "Power beyond" bar.
2,0 km/h
– Set the desired value with the rotary wheel (A).

Fig. 33. I017578
Crop_this_page

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.24.15 Switch function for EHS valve actuation T006672
Call up the switch function menu for EHS valve actuation
4
3
Pflug
Pflug B
2
30l 30l

Pflug
30l 30l 10s
30l 30l 10s

E
C
30l 30l 10s
1
27,5 34,8 15,0 6,8 30l 30l 10s
EXT
Schlepper Info
Pflug A
km km
25,7 /h 34,8 /h
l
27,5 /ha
AUTO
15 %
km
37,0 /h
Crop_this_page
Fig. 34. I017234
Menu sequence to valve change

2. Pressing the soft key (C) from the "Tractor Main Menu" causes the "Hydraulic Valves Rear" page to appear
3. Touching the soft key (E) on the "Rear EHS valves" page causes the "Assignment of operating controls"
page to appear
4. Press the soft key (B) on the "Assignment of operating controls" page to change the crossgate lever and
joystick valve assignments.
NOTE: This change function is only possible if the Fendt settings exist (i.e. green/red and blue/yellow are
changed). As soon as the Fendt settings assignment changes (even if only one linear module has been
changed), the soft key (B) cannot be selected.
The Fendt settings can be restored using the "Fendt Settings" key on the same page.
Selection options
It is possible to assign a valve to more than one operating element.
However it is not possible to assign multiple valves to one operating element.
A valve can be part of an active TeachIn sequence even if it is not assigned to a control panel (can be disen-
gaged if necessary with the Stop key).
A valve can also be assigned to the steering axle, even if it is not assigned to a control panel. However, a
warning message is displayed.

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.24.16 Manual operation i.e. emergency mode, of the EHS valves T009176
Procedure
1. Activate emergency mode using the Varioterminal
2 2. Manual actuation at the valve
Call up "Manual Mode Valves" menu
In the event of EHS valve electronic failure, the individual valves can also be operated manually.
DANGER:
Apply the hand brake!
Diagnose
3
2 Wartung & Diagnose

4
Nächster Kundendienst
in 450 11/2010 0
Betriebsstunden spätestens
200 bar +21 °C

5
Pflug Zähler 1 Kühlmittel wechseln
nach 1140 h in 200 h 2350 1/min 2350 1/min
Manueller Betrieb Ventile

14,1 V
Zähler 2 Filter G
nach 1140 h in 200 h
1 programmiert von Max Mustermann
27,5 34,8 15,0 6,8 Ihre Vertragswerkstatt am 01.10.2011

Fendt Vertragswerkstatt
Schlepper Info
87616 Marktoberdorf
G
Pflug A Telefon: 08342/778395
km km
25,7 /h 34,8 /h
G
l
27,5 /ha
AUTO
15 %
km
37,0 /h
Crop_this_page
Fig. 35. I017598
Menu sequence for valve setting

2. Pressing the soft key (G) from the "Tractor Main Menu" causes the "Maintenance & Diagnostics" page to
appear
3. Pressing the soft key (G) on the "Maintenance and diagnostics" page causes the "Diagnostics" page to
appear
4. Pressing the soft key (G) on the "Diagnostics" page causes the "Manual operation of the valves" page to
appear
5. Manual operation of the valves

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Activate manual emergency actuation
G Activate manual operation of the EHS valves Manueller Betrieb Ventile
NOTE: Only possible if the hand brake is ap-
plied!
H Jump to the previous menu 2
The EHS valves can now be operated in manual
mode without fault messages.
G
H
Fig. 36. I017599
Manual emergency actuation

Rear external valve actuation
– Actuate the various operating modes (raise — Crop_this_page
neutral — lower — floating position) by turning
the rear actuating screws (A).
NOTE: Without a cab here for improved visibil-
ity.
Fig. 37. I027318
Front actuation
Position of the actuating screws, above the control
pressure fine filter.
– Actuate the various operating modes (raise -
neutral - lower - floating position) by turning the
rear actuating screw (B).
Fig. 38. I013319

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
NOTE: In the event of EHS valve electronic failure,
the standard front power lift (single-acting) can be
lowered by turning the screw (A).
Fig. 39. I027313
– If the engine fails, generate pilot pressure with

pump (HP) and, at the same time, actuate the
required valve in manual mode.
Fig. 40. I025240
– Close pilot valve (A) (fig. 38) by turning.

During manual operation, this image Crop_this_page
appears on the multiple display.
NOTE: After operating in emergency mode, re-

open the pilot valve (A).
Fig. 41. I013319

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.24.17 EHS valve heating T006936
NOTE: To ensure safe operation of the valves irrespective of ambient temperature, the EHS valves are pre-
heated, if necessary, when the engine is started.
When the EHS valve heating function is active, the
symbol (A) appears.
2
Schlepper Info
Pflug
km km
25,7 /h 34,8 /h
l
27,5 /ha
AUTO
15 %
km
37,0 /h
Fig. 42. I017711
2.24.18 Hydraulic connections T009177

Crop_this_page
DANGER:
When connecting hydraulic cylinders and hydraulic motors, make sure that all hydraulic hoses
are connected correctly (load pressure side of cylinder to "+")!
Swapping connections causes functions to be reversed (e.g. raising instead of lowering). This
can lead to accidents! After working on the hydraulic system, lock all the EHS valves!
NOTE: To facilitate the coupling of hydraulic connectors that are under pressure, switch the corresponding
control unit to the floating position.
Clean hydraulic connector before coupling (wipe).

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Rear hydraulic connections

2

Fig. 43. I027323
A Yellow valve J Optional: External hydraulic connection, LS

B Blue valve control line (Load Sensing).
C Red valve (Load Sensing control required on the imple-
D Green valve ment)
E Brown valve K Optional: External hydraulic connection,
F Violet valve pump pressure line. Crop_this_page
G Rear return line - black colour markings. (Implements supplied with oil directly from the
H Case drain oil line. hydraulic pump)
(Only for small quantities leaking from hydrau-
lic motors)
Front hydraulic connectors

A Grey valve
B Olive valve
C Front return line - black coloured markings

Fig. 44. I027324

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.24.19 Use of the 3rd or 4th hydraulic circuit T005669
Use buttons (A) on crossgate lever to operate the

3rd or 4th hydraulic circuit.
2
Fig. 45. I013478
Crop_this_page

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.25 Rear electronic power lift control (EPC)
2.25.1 Safety switch T005673
2 DANGER:
Select the "STOP" key (C) to prevent undesired movements of the power lift.
– STOP key (C)
When the safety lock is active, the power lift is C
locked and does not function.
The safety lock becomes active in any of the fol-
lowing situations:
1. When the ignition is switched on/off.
2. When starting the tractor.
3. If there is a fault in the electrical circuit.
4. When rear controls have been operated.
5. By connecting or disconnecting an external sen-
sor.
Fig. 1. I017814
2.25.2 EPC operating controls T005678
Control panel Crop_this_page

A Quick-lift switch, forced lowering
B Depth control
C STOP button: All EPC functions are termi-
nated. LED lights up.
Fig. 2. I013502

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Quick-lift switch
A Lower – implement is set to the value selected
by the depth control.
B Forced lowering
NOTE: The value set for depth control is over-
ridden as long as the forced lowering switch is
2
actuated. When the switch is released, it re-
turns to the set value.
C Raise – implement is moved to the value se-
lected by the lift height limit.
Fig. 3. I013503
Depth control
The depth control (A) can be used for precise set-
ting of the linkage working depth.
Setting range: 0 to 10, where the linkage floating
position is reached between 9 and 10.
Direction of rotation for depth control
Rotational direction right = raise linkage
Rotational direction left = lower linkage

If the depth control is used to set the linkage float- Schlepper Info
ing position, then the symbol for the floating posi-
Pflug
tion appears in the tractor information display on the
Varioterminal next to the rear power lift symbol.
km km
25,7 /h 34,8 /h
l
27,5 /ha
AUTO
15 %
km
37,0 /h
Fig. 5. I017908

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
External rear controls
Pressure switch (A) to the left or right of the rear
lamp for raising or lowering the linkage.
NOTE: External operation is possible at any posi-
2 tion of the quick-lift switch. Safety lock is actuated.
NOTE: When using external controls, the hydraulic
lower link lock is always set to manual lock (safety);
the implement is centred. After unlocking the
power lift, it remains on manual lock.
Fig. 6. I013505
2.25.3 Rear power lift settings T006958
Call up rear power lift menu

3
Heckkraftheber
Pflug
2 45%
80%
45%
Pflug 45% Crop_this_page
B 028bar
bar
> 34,8 km/h
45%
27,5 34,8 15,0 6,8
Schlepper Info
Pflug A
km km
25,7 /h 34,8 /h
l
27,5 /ha
AUTO
15 %
km
37,0 /h
Fig. 7. I017720
Menu sequence to rear power lift

2. Pressing the soft key (B) from the "Tractor Main Menu" causes the "Rear 3-point Linkage" page to appear
3. Rear power lift setting page
Setting options
1. Locking & unlocking rear power liftsee §2.25.4, page 206
2. Prioritise the rear power liftsee §2.25.5, page 208

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
3. Limit the lift heightsee §2.25.8, page 213
4. Lifting/lowering speed setting see §2.25.9, page 213
5. Switch between single-acting/double-acting see §2.25.9, page 213
6. Shock load stabilising system cut-in speed see §2.25.10, page 214
7. see §2.25.11, page 214 Position-draft-mix control 2
8. Slip control system see §2.25.12, page 214
9. Lower linkage lateral stabiliser off/on see §2.25.13, page 217
Overview of soft keys
A Lock/unlock toggle switch Heckkraftheber A
B Prioritisation toggle switch Pflug
D Call up "Rear power lift details" page
E Call up "Service functions" page B
F Rear power lift operation toggle switch (single-
acting/double-acting)
H Jump back a menu
45%
80% D
45%
E
45%
F
028bar
bar
> 34,8 km/h

Crop_this_page
H
45%
Fig. 8. I017734
Overview of displays Heckkraftheber

A The status of the rear power lift is displayed Pflug
below and to the left of the settings informa- A
tion:
– Raise
B
– Lower
– Floating position 45%
The status of the lower linkage stabiliser is dis- C 80%
played below and to the right of the settings in-
formation: 45%
– Locked D
– Not locked
45%
The following is displayed next to it E
– EW (single-acting)
– DW (double-acting) 028bar
bar
F
B Stroke limit setting with the current lifting
height displayed > 34,8 km/h
C Lift speed display
D Lower speed display G
E Down-force hydraulic pressure setting 45%
NOTE: If the down-force function is deacti-
vated, the display returns to 0 bar. Fig. 9. I017780
F Shock load stabilising system cut-in speed

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
G Position-draft-mix control
Rear power lift details page
Soft keys Heckkraftheber Details
C Activation of the slip control system I Pflug
2 E
F
Activation of automatic centring
Manual override of centring, with the toggle
switch (E) changing to manual J C
31%
Display for rear power lift details K 37%
I The status of the rear power lift is displayed 45%
below and to the left of the settings informa- E
tion:
L
– Raise 45%
– Lower
60% F
The status of the lower linkage stabiliser is dis-
played below and to the right of the settings in-
formation: H
– Locked
– Unlocked
J Display of the actual value of the slip control Fig. 10. I017809
system with the slip target value setting

K Slip control system sensitivity
L Lifting height target value for the lower linkage
centring, including the actual value of the lift-
ing height
Navigation and setting as described in see §2.3.2,
page 62. Crop_this_page
2.25.4 Lock/unlock rear power lift T006967
There are two ways of unlocking the power lift.

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
1. Unlock the power lift
A Lock/unlock rear power lift toggle switch
H Jump back a menu Heckkraftheber
A
Pflug
2
45%
80%
45%
45%
028bar
bar
> 34,8 km/h

H
45%
Fig. 11. I017817
2. Unlock with quick-lift switch

– Push quick-lift switch (A) upwards once.
NOTE: When unlocking, the lifting or lowering C A Crop_this_page
speed is reduced until the preset position is
reached. Normal speed can be attained immedi-
ately by pressing the STOP key (C) once.
Fig. 12. I017819

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.25.5 Prioritise the rear power lift T007064
2 B
–
Toggle switch prioritisation
Using touch or the navigation keys, select the
Heckkraftheber
Pflug
toggle switch (B) on the "Rear power lift" page. B
– By operating the toggle switch, prioritisation for
the rear power lift is activated.
45%
80%
45%
45%
28 bar
> 15,0 km/h
45%
Fig. 13. I017978
Crop_this_page

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.25.6 Hydraulic service function T005564
Call up the hydraulic "Service Function" menu
3 2
Frontkraftheber
Pflug
45%
61%
45%
2 F 4
45%
Schlepper Hauptseite 28 bar Servicefunktionen

Pflug
A
85 % 85 %
B
1
27,5 34,8 15,0 6,8 Heckkraftheber
Pflug
Schlepper Info
Pflug A
45%
25,7 km
/h 34,8 km
/h
80%
27,5 l
/ha
AUTO
15 % 45%
37,0 km
/h
45%
F
028bar
bar
> 34,8 km/h
45%
Crop_this_page
Fig. 14. I017580
Menu sequence to the hydraulic service function

2. Pressing the soft key (A) or (B) from the "Tractor Main Menu" causes the "Front 3-point Linkage" or "Rear
3-point Linkage" page to appear
3. Pressing the soft key (F) calls up the "Service Function" page.
Switch-on conditions
– The tractor is equipped with double-acting power lifts.
– Engine is running, tractor is stationary.
NOTE: All power lift functions except RAISE and LOWER are deactivated.
DANGER:
Do not change electronic components or perform EOL programming on a jacked up tractor.
The tractor must be propped after it has been jacked up.
Do not carry out any repairs or make any adjustments to the front or rear linkage.
Disengage the 4WD.

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Activate the service function
The display shows the current actual height of the Servicefunktionen
front and rear power lifts.
– Press the soft keys (B) and (C). B
2 NOTE: If both power lifts are raised above
90%, the full hydraulic pressure is released onto
85 % 85 %
the power lifts with these two keys.

C
Um die Servicefunktion wieder ver-

lassen zu könnnen, müssen beide
Kraftheber zu mindestens 90%
ausgehoben sein.
Fig. 15. I017592
Raise/lower the tractor

– Operate the front linkage with the quick-lift
switch (A). The linkage is actuated as long as
the switch is pressed.
Crop_this_page
– Operate the rear linkage with the quick-lift
switch (B). The linkage is actuated as long as
NOTE: The front and rear linkages can also be op-
erated with the external control keys.
Fig. 16. I013338

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
NOTE: The page cannot be exited with the soft key Servicefunktionen
(H) until the lift height is above 90%!
If the ignition is switched off when the hydraulic B
service function is selected, the hydraulic service
function becomes active again when the tractor is
restarted.
85 % 85 %
C 2

Fig. 17. I017593
2.25.7 SA / DA activation and settings T006998
DANGER:
Lower all implements mounted on the rear hydraulics! Crop_this_page
If using the power lift for repair work, the tractor must be propped!
Activate DA
F Single-acting/double-acting toggle switch
H Jump back a menu Heckkraftheber
toggle switch (F) on the "Rear power lift" page.
– Touching the soft key (F) causes the double-act-
ing rear power lift to be activated.
NOTE: If the rear power lift is only single-acting,
0 bar appears in the bar display
45%
80%
45%
45%
F
028bar
bar
> 34,8 km/h

H
45%
Fig. 18. I017917

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Change the field pressure
– If DA is activated, the field pressure display (E)
can be selected using touch or the navigation Heckkraftheber
keys. Pflug
A
2 – The rotary wheel (A) can be used to set the field

pressure continuously from 0 bar to 50 bar.
45%
80%
45%
45%
E
28 bar
> 34,8 km/h
45%
Fig. 19. I017918
Operate DA mode
– The linkage can now be lowered with down-
force using the quick lift switch (A).
Crop_this_page
Fig. 20. I013513
Examples of DA mode
– Lower the power lift without load.
– Fast lowering of the empty power lift when it is cold.
– Remove implements to facilitate opening of the lower link lock.
– Targeted pressure on cultivators to increase working effectiveness or improve ground penetration. The
set pressure between 0 bar and 50 bar is kept constant by the control, even in the case of changing
ground conditions.

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.25.8 Lift height limit settings T006966
– Touch the bar for the lift height target value, or 2

select using the navigation keys; a red focus
frame appears.
Heckkraftheber
Frontkraftheber
Pflug
A
– Turn the adjustment wheel (A) until the desired
value between 0% and 100% has been
reached. 45%
45%
80%
61%
Settings are stored automatically.
45%
45%
45%
45%
028bar
bar
28 bar
> 34,8 km/h
45%
Fig. 21. I017818
2.25.9 Raise/lower speed settings T006994
A Rotary wheel
Crop_this_page
C Lift speed display
D Lower speed display Heckkraftheber
Frontkraftheber
Pflug
A
– Touch the bar for the lift speed (C) or lower
speed (D), or select using the navigation keys; a
45%
45%
red focus frame appears. C 80%
61%
– Turn the adjustment wheel (A) until the desired D 45%

45%
value between 0% and 100% has been 45%

45%
reached.
028bar
bar
NOTE: 0% is equivalent to no lift 28 bar
100% is equivalent to the maximum raise or > 34,8 km/h
lower speed. 45%
Fig. 22. I017910

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.25.10 Set the shock load stabilising system T007006
2 A
F
Rotary wheel
Display for the shock load stabilising system
Heckkraftheber
cut-in speed Pflug
A
– Using touch or the navigation keys, select the
shock load stabilising system cut-in speed (F) on
the "Rear power lift" page. 45%
80%
– Using the rotary wheel (A), set the value of the 45%
shock load stabilising system (F) continuously
45%
between 0 km/h and 30 km/h.
28 bar
F
> 15,0 km/h
45%
Fig. 23. I017919
2.25.11 Position-tractive power-mix control T007063
Set the position-tractive power-mix control

A Rotary wheel
G Display for position-tractive power-mix control
Heckkraftheber

A
position-tractive power-mix control display (G) Crop_this_page
on the "Rear power lift" page.
45%
– Using the rotary wheel (A), set the value contin- 80%
uously between 0% and 100%. 45%
NOTE: 0% is equivalent to position control (fer- 45%

tiliser spreader)
100% is equivalent to traction control (plough) 28 bar
Values between 0% and 100% represent mix > 15,0 km/h
control. G
45%
Fig. 24. I017967
2.25.12 Electronic slip control system (optional) T007112
Functional description of the slip control system (radar)

CAUTION:
The tractor is equipped with a radar sensor. Do not look directly into the radar sensor (micro-
wave radiation).
In order to make the best possible use of the tractor's tractive power in the field, it is physically essential to
allow the drive wheels a relatively large slip.
However, if the slip exceeds values of 25-30%, unacceptable drawbacks occur.
For targeted slip control, the actual road speed is determined via the radar sensor and compared with the
road speed display.
The rear power lift is raised when the slip increases and thus reduces the tractive power of the imple-
ment by reducing the working depth.

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION 2. OPERATION
The slip control system offers the following advantages:
2.25.10 Set the shock load stabilising system T007006 – Time expenditure and fuel consumption are reduced.
– Tyre wear is reduced.
– The ground is damaged less.
2 A
F
Rotary wheel
Display for the shock load stabilising system
Heckkraftheber
– Less pressure is placed on the operator. 2
cut-in speed Pflug
A – Less chance of getting stuck.
shock load stabilising system cut-in speed (F) on Call up rear power lift menu details
80%
shock load stabilising system (F) continuously 4
45%
28 bar
3 Heckkraftheber Details
Pflug
F
> 15,0 km/h
Heckkraftheber
Pflug 45%
45% 2 60%
45%
45% 45%
Pflug
B
80% E 60%
Fig. 23. I017919 45%
45%
1
2.25.11 Position-tractive power-mix control T007063 27,5 34,8 15,0 6,8
028bar
bar
> 34,8 km/h
Schlepper Info
Set the position-tractive power-mix control Pflug A 45%
A Rotary wheel
G Display for position-tractive power-mix control 25,7 km
/h 34,8 km
/h
Heckkraftheber
l
27,5 AUTO
15 %

A
/ha
km
37,0
position-tractive power-mix control display (G)
/h
Crop_this_page
on the "Rear power lift" page.
45%
– Using the rotary wheel (A), set the value contin- 80%
uously between 0% and 100%. 45%
NOTE: 0% is equivalent to position control (fer- 45%

Fig. 25. I018219
tiliser spreader) Menu sequence to rear power lift details

100% is equivalent to traction control (plough) 28 bar
Values between 0% and 100% represent mix > 15,0 km/h
control. G 2. Pressing the soft key (B) from the "Tractor Main Menu" causes the "Rear 3-point Linkage" page to appear
45% 3. Pressing the soft key (D) on the "Rear power lift" page causes the "Rear power lift details" page to appear
Fig. 24. I017967
2.25.12 Electronic slip control system (optional) T007112
Functional description of the slip control system (radar)

CAUTION:
The tractor is equipped with a radar sensor. Do not look directly into the radar sensor (micro-
wave radiation).
In order to make the best possible use of the tractor's tractive power in the field, it is physically essential to
allow the drive wheels a relatively large slip.
However, if the slip exceeds values of 25-30%, unacceptable drawbacks occur.
For targeted slip control, the actual road speed is determined via the radar sensor and compared with the
road speed display.
The rear power lift is raised when the slip increases and thus reduces the tractive power of the imple-
ment by reducing the working depth.
214 FENDT X911 - EAME FENDT X911 - EAME 215

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en) 945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Activate the slip control system
– Pressing the soft key (C) causes the slip control Heckkraftheber Details
system to be activated. Pflug
2
C
31%
37%
45%
45%
60%
Fig. 26. I018220
NOTE: If the tractor is stationary for more than 60 seconds, the slip control system is deactivated automat-
ically.
Set the wheel slip target value
A Rotary wheel
J Display the slip target and actual value A Crop_this_page
Heckkraftheber Details
Pflug
slip control system display (J) on the "Rear J
power lift details" page. 31%
37%
– Using the rotary wheel (A), set the wheel slip 45%
target value continuously between 3% and 45%

60%. 60%
NOTE: Keep limiting the wheel slip until the de-

sired working depth can just be held.
Fig. 27. I018221

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Set the control sensitivity of the slip control system
focus frame to the "Control sensitivity" bar (K).
A
Pflug
– Set the desired value with the rotary wheel (A).
If an irregular ploughing pattern is formed through
too frequent operation of the slip control system: 31%
37%
2
45%
– Reduce the control sensitivity (K). K 45%
60%
Fig. 28. I018225
2.25.13 Lower link lateral stabiliser T007210
(optional)
NOTE: When using external controls, the hydraulic lower link lock is always set to manual lock for safety
reasons; the implement is centred. After unlocking the power lift, it remains on manual lock.
Set lower link clearance according to cat. II or cat. III.
Manual setting
E Activation of automatic centring
F Manual override of centring, with the toggle
A
switch (E) changing to manual Pflug
Display for rear power lift details Crop_this_page

L Lifting height target value for the lower link 31%
37%
centring, including the actual value of the lift- 45%
E
ing height
45%
60% F
L
Fig. 29. I018230

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
– Use key (F) to toggle between manual function
unlocked/locked.
If the lateral stabiliser is locked manually, the Heckkraftheber Details
symbol (I) appears in the display under the I Pflug
name of the setting diagram; the symbol re-

2 mains blank when the lateral stabiliser is un-
locked. 31%
37%
NOTE: If centring is activated manually, the 45%
E
toggle switch for automatic centring (E) - is set
to "MAN" and remains in this status. 45%
60% F
Fig. 30. I018231
Activation of automatic mode for lower link centring

NOTE: Automatic mode can only be activated if the engine is running
– The key (E) is used to activate automatic cen-
tring.
If the lower link lateral stabiliser is locked auto- Heckkraftheber Details
matically, the symbol (I) appears in the display I Pflug
under the name of the setting diagram. The field

remains blank when the lower link lateral stabi-
liser is unlocked. 31% Crop_this_page
37%
NOTE: Automatic mode is also activated when the 45%

E
linkage is actuated with the quick-lift switch.
45%
60%
Fig. 31. I018233

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Set the lower link lock switch-on point
– Touch the bar for the switch-on time (L) target

value, or select using the navigation keys; a red
I
Pflug A
–
focus frame appears.
Using the adjustment wheel (A), set the desired
2
31%
value continuously between 0% and 100%. 37%
0% = lower link stabiliser is locked all the way 45%

E
down 45%
100% = lower link stabiliser is locked all the way 60%
up L
Fig. 32. I018232
2.25.14 Electro-hydraulic external control (optional) T005697
External rear control

– Connect extension cable from auxiliary trans-
mitter to socket (A).
Crop_this_page
Fig. 33. I013511
Setting working depth

position-draft-mix control display (G) on the
Heckkraftheber
"Rear power lift" page. Pflug
A
– Set the value to 100% with the rotary wheel (A).
– Set position sensor on implement in high posi- 45%
tion with the hand crank. 80%
45%
45%
28 bar
> 15,0 km/h

G
45%
Fig. 34. I017967

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
1. Drive off and determine the working depth with
the aid of the depth control (A).
2. Stop the tractor.
3. Move the position sensor down until the first lift
2 pulse is set.
4. Start working, check the working depth and ad-
just the position sensor so that the depth con-
trol (A) reaches the desired working depth at the
centre position (position 5).
5. If the deviations of the implement are too large
or too small, adjust the change in the "draft-po-
sition" mix ratio on the Varioterminal.
Fig. 35. I013512
2.25.15 Implement socket T005705
From the implement socket (A), speed signals are

passed to the electric controlling devices, e.g.
sprayers and fertiliser spreaders.
Crop_this_page
Fig. 36. I013514
Top view of implement socket

1 Radar signal - if present (130 pulses per metre
driven)
2 Transmission signal (130 pulses per metre
driven)
3 PTO speed (40 pulses per PTO revolution)
4 Quick lift switch
5 Lift height
6 +Battery voltage (+Ub)
7 Earth
NOTE: The designations are embossed on it.
Fig. 37. I013515

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.26 Working with the EPC
2.26.1 Attach three-point implements T005682
2
– Touch the bar for the lift height target value, or
frame appears.
Heckkraftheber
Frontkraftheber
Pflug
A
target value of 30% is reached.
45%
45%
80%
61%
45%
45%
45%
45%
028bar
bar
28 bar
> 34,8 km/h
45%
Fig. 1. I017818
– Quick-lift switch on "Control" (A).

– Lower the lifting arms by turning the depth con-
trol (B) to the left. To raise the lifting arms, turn
the control to the right. Crop_this_page
Fig. 2. I013506
2.26.2 Remove three-point implements T007105
– Turn depth control (B) completely to the right.

– Quick-lift switch on "Control" (A).
– With depth control (B), slowly lower until there
is no load on the top link
– Detach top link on implement
– Unlock the catch hook on the lower link
– Lower the linkage fully
Fig. 3. I013506

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.26.3 Set the transport height for three-point implements T007107
2 – Touch the bar for the lift height target value, or

frame appears.
Heckkraftheber
Frontkraftheber
Pflug
A
target value is reached.
45%
45%
80%
61%
45%
45%
45%
45%
028bar
bar
28 bar
> 34,8 km/h
45%
Fig. 4. I017818
– Set quick-lift switch (A) to "Raise"; the imple-

ment is raised as far as the lift limit.
Crop_this_page
Fig. 5. I013506
2.26.4 Road transport with shock load stabilising system T007109
Transport with shock load stabilising system

After raising the implement with the quick-lift switch, load peaks due to uneven road surfaces are reduced
by small movements of the linkage, thus preventing the tractor from jerking. This reduces the mechanical
load on the tractor and the implement, while improving steerability.
The shock load stabilising system switches on at a speed of approx. 8 km/h.
This switch-on speed can be changed to any other value.
NOTE: The shock load stabilising system is only operative if the safety lock is released with the quick-lift
switch in the transport position.

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
– For road transport, turn depth control (B) fully to
the right.
Fig. 6. I013506
Change the cut-in speed of the shock load stabilising system

A Rotary wheel
F Display for the shock load stabilising system
Heckkraftheber
cut-in speed Pflug
A
shock load stabilising system cut-in speed (F) on
80%
shock load stabilising system (F) continuously
45%
28 bar
F
> 15,0 km/h
45%
Crop_this_page
Fig. 7. I017919
2.26.5 Calibrate the speed display T005686
The actual tyre circumference is determined and the speed display is calibrated with it.
If a radar sensor is fitted, the actual number of pulses from the radar sensor is also determined and the radar
sensor is calibrated with it.
– Measure and mark an exact distance between 30 m (minimum value) and 100 metres (maximum value).
NOTE: The greater the distance, the more accurate the calibration will be.
– With a fixed point on the tractor (e.g. entrance step), drive exactly to the starting marker and stop with
the clutch.
The setting is made in the transmission calibration
menu in the second main menu level of the multiple
display.
Press button. The following screen

appears; the 1st digit of the measured
distance flashes.
Fig. 8. I013507

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
The measured distance must now be set to the
length of the measured distance, e.g. 100 m.
Press one of the keys repeatedly until
the desired digit is displayed, e.g. 0.
2
Fig. 9. I013508
Press button. Insert the remaining

2 digits one after the other, in the same
way as the 1st digit, e.g. 100.
After confirming the last digit, START
will flash.
Press key; the indicator changes from
flashing "START" to flashing "STOP".
– Start off with the tractor and stop with clutch

when the fixed point on the tractor (e.g. en-
trance step) is exactly at the end marker.
Press button. If the process was com-
pleted correctly, an "OK" message
appears.
Store the value

Press the key until the default display
appears again.
Crop_this_page
Engine OFF, wait approx. 10 seconds before re-
starting. Fig. 10. I013510
If an error message appears (e.g. F01), the cali-

bration procedure must be repeated. Proceed as
follows:
– Check whether the measured distance and the
input distance are the same.
Return to the transmission calibration
menu with the key.
– If necessary, set the measured distance to the

measured distance as described previously and
repeat the complete calibration procedure.

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Error messages
NOTE: Transfer of tyre circumference and radar impulses only takes place when the ignition key is set to the
"0" position.
(Wait for at least 15 seconds before switching on the ignition again!)
ERROR Cause 2
Error messages
F01 Calculated tyre circumference is too small
(e.g. clearly greater distance travelled than input)
F02 Calculated tyre circumference is too large
(slightly less distance travelled than input
e.g. calibration 100 m but only 95 m travelled)
F03 Radar impulse total is clearly less than the nominal impulse total
(e.g. obviously less distance travelled than input)
F04 Radar impulse total is clearly greater than the nominal impulse total
(e.g. clearly greater distance travelled than input)
F06 Calculated values could not be written to the basic control unit
(write error in EEPROM)
Crop_this_page

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.27 Power lift
2.27.1 General T005712
2 DANGER:
Risk of injury by crushing or cutting in area of 3-point linkage!
Do not stand between the tractor and the implement during the connection procedure.
2.27.2 Lower link T005745
DANGER:
For lower link hook locking, never operate or transport an implement unless both hooks are se-
curely locked.
Before the implement is connected, disconnect pin (A fig. 5) in one of the two positions.
Clearance between the lifting points (A)
Category II = 870 mm,
Category III/IV = 1010 mm
NOTE: Check balls/hooks and pins for wear, clean
and lubricate well.
Replace if worn.
Fig. 1. I013576
Crop_this_page
Adjust the lower link clearance
NOTE: To adjust, release side lock.
Cat. II. = disconnect in bore (B).
Cat. III. = disconnect in bore (A).
Fine adjustment of the lateral support is performed
by screwing the threaded bolts (C) in or out.
NOTE: Before raising the hitched implement, it
must be possible to lock both side locks and they
must be free of play.
NOTE: With the hydraulic version of the lower link
lateral stabiliser, the lower link clearance (cat. II, cat.
III) is as shown.
NOTE: Lower links automatically become fixed lat-
erally when the lifting arms are raised. Too tight a
setting will result in damage to the vehicle and/or Fig. 2. I013577
the 3-point linkage.

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Height-adjustable lower links
A Floating position
B Fixed
NOTE: The floating position is required, for imple-
ments with wide-mounted implements without ta-
ble levelling, e.g. for planting machines.
2
Fig. 3. I013578
Lower link hook locking

NOTE: In particularly difficult operating conditions,
secure the lower link hooks against unintentional re-
lease (e.g. for logging work).
– Insert bolts (e.g. M8x50) in the holes (arrowed)
and secure with nuts.
Park position
NOTE: It is sometimes necessary to increase the clearance, for example for transport operations.
Remove pin (A) and disconnect in infeed hole (ar-
rowed).
Fig. 5. I013650

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Raise lower links until they engage.
Fig. 6. I013579
2.27.3 Height-adjustable lift links T005747
To adjust the height of the lift links

– Fold up the securing clamp (A).
– Adjust the lift links by turning handle (B).
IMPORTANT: After adjusting, fold the securing
clamp over the handle.
NOTE: It must still be possible to fold the securing
clamp (A) over the locking device (C).
Crop_this_page
Fig. 7. I013581
– The maximum height is reached when the mark

(arrowed) is visible.
Fig. 8. I013580

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.27.4 Mechanical side lock T005748
NOTE: The levers (A) can be used to lock the lower links.
Fixed mounted implement
– Move lever (A) upwards. 2
Mounted implement in floating position
– Move lever (A) downwards.
Fig. 9. I013607
2.27.5 Manually adjustable front/rear top link T005753
– Adjust length by turning pipe.

Both threads must be screwed in equally. It must
still be possible to fold the securing clamp (A) over
the pin (B).
Crop_this_page
Fig. 10. I013611
Rear top link

The lifting capacity and lifting height can be
changed.
Increased lifting capacity means reduced lifting
height.
– Fit top link into the top hole.
Reduced lifting capacity means increased lifting
height.
– Fit top link into the bottom hole.
Fig. 11. I013612

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.27.6 Ball holder T005759
Category 3 (60 mm top link balls to 64 mm lower

link balls) and category 2 (50 mm top link balls) ball
2 sleeves can be accommodated.
Always use adapter for category 2 ball sleeves.
NOTE: Always insert cotter pin (A) in the lowest
possible position.
Fig. 12. I013614
Crop_this_page

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.28 Front power lift
2.28.1 General T005760
DANGER: 2
Risk of injury by crushing or cutting in area of 3-point linkage!
Do not stand between the tractor and the implement during the connection procedure.
Observe vehicle licensing regulations, e.g. permitted axle loads, and use of counterweights.
For road haulage, observe the maximum distance of 3.5 m between the centre of the steering
wheel and the implement.
When carrying extreme loads e.g. a cultivator, only "pushing mode" is permitted.
If the distance of 3.5 m from the steering wheel is exceeded, take the appropriate steps to ensure road safety
(e.g. at road junctions, use mirrors or an assistant to give hand signals). See the country-specific vehicle li-
censing regulations.
NOTE: In order to keep the effect of the hydraulic pressure accumulator, do not raise the implement to the
upper limit (the load can bounce).
Auxiliary lighting
If the headlights at the front are covered by the implement, switch on the auxiliary lighting. The front head-
lights then go out.
2.28.2 Lower linkage T005622
Lower link working positions

– Remove pin (A) as shown in diagram and secure.
Crop_this_page
Fig. 1. I013440
Self levelling
Self levelling for self-guiding implements.
Fig. 2. I013441

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Lower links, parking position
Always fold up the lower links when not in use.
Fig. 3. I013442
Remove the lower links

– Remove pins (A) and (B).
2.28.3 Safety switch T007217
DANGER:
Select the "STOP" key (C) to prevent un- C
desired movements of the power lift.
– Stop key (C)
Fig. 5. I017814
When the safety lock is active, the power lift is locked and does not function.
The safety lock becomes active in any of the following situations:
1. When the ignition is switched on/off.
2. When starting the tractor.
3. If there is a fault in the electrical circuit.
4. After operating the front controls.

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.28.4 Standard front power lift controls T005769
– Operation is carried out by linear module (A).

NOTE: Operation of the standard front power lift is
only possible if valve 4 (power version) or valve 8
(professional version) is locked. Observe hydraulic
2
valve actuation switching function.
Fig. 6. I013621
Lock standard front power lift

Press button (A) to switch standard front power lift
lock on and off.
When the standard front power lift lock is engaged,
the LED beside the button is lit.
Crop_this_page
Fig. 7. I013630
External operation
– The linkage can be raised or lowered using but-
ton (A).
Fig. 8. I013631

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.28.5 Comfort front power lift controls T009179
Control panel
2 A
B
Quick-lift switch, quick entry
Depth control A C
C STOP button: All EPC functions are termi-
nated. LED lights up.
Fig. 9. I018353
Quick-lift switch
A Lower – implement is set to the value selected
B
by the depth control.
Quick entry
B
NOTE: The value set for depth control is over-
ridden as long as the quick entry switch is ac-
A
tuated. When the switch is released, it returns Crop_this_page
to the set value.
C Raise – implement is moved to the value se-
lected by the lift height limit. C
Fig. 10. I018355

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Depth control
The depth control (A) can be used for precise set-
ting of the linkage working depth.
Setting range: 0 to 10, where the linkage floating
position is reached between 9 and 10.
Direction of rotation for depth control
2
Rotational direction right = raise linkage
Rotational direction left = lower linkage
Fig. 11. I018356
If the depth control is used to set the linkage float- Schlepper Info
ing position, then the symbol for the floating posi-
Pflug
tion appears in the tractor information display in the
Varioterminal next to the front power lift symbol.
km km
25,7 /h 34,8 /h
l
27,5 /ha
AUTO
15 %
km
37,0 /h
Fig. 12. I018357

Crop_this_page
Front external controls
Button (A) on left to lift or lower the linkage.
NOTE: External operation is possible at any posi-
tion of the quick-lift switch. Safety lock is actuated.
Fig. 13. I027315

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.28.6 Front power lift settings T007228
Call up front power lift menu
2 3
Frontkraftheber
Pflug
2 45%
61%
45%
Pflug
B
45%
28 bar
27,5 34,8 15,0 6,8
Schlepper Info
Pflug A
km km
Crop_this_page
25,7 /h 34,8 /h
l
27,5 /ha
AUTO
15 %
km
37,0 /h
Fig. 14. I018359
Menu sequence to front power lift page

2. Pressing the soft key (A) on the "Tractor Main Menu" causes the "Front 3-point Linkage" page to appear
3. Front power lift setting page
Setting options
1. Lock/unlock front power lift see §2.28.7, page 237
2. Prioritise front power lift see §2.28.8, page 239
3. Lift height limit (enhanced control power lift only) see §2.28.11, page 244
4. Lifting/lowering speed setting see §2.28.12, page 244
5. Switch between single-acting/double-acting (enhanced control power lift only) see §2.28.12, page 244
6. Set time function (standard power lift only) see §2.28.13, page 244

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Overview of soft keys
A Lock/unlock toggle switch A
Frontkraftheber
B Prioritisation toggle switch
Pflug
E Call up "Service functions" page
F Front power lift operation toggle switch (sin- B
gle-acting/double-acting) 2
H Jump back a menu
45%
61%
45%
E
45%
F
28 bar
Fig. 15. I018360
Overview of displays Frontkraftheber

A The status of the front power lift is displayed A Pflug
below and to the left of the settings informa-
tion: Crop_this_page
– Raise
B
– Lower
45%
B Stroke limit setting with the current lifting C 61%
height displayed
C Display for lifting speed
D 45%
D Display for lowering speed
NOTE: If the down-force function is deacti- 45%
vated, the display returns to 0 bar E
28 bar
Fig. 16. I018361
2.28.7 Lock/unlock front power lift T007229
There are two ways of unlocking the power lift.

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
1. Unlock the power lift
A Lock/unlock front power lift toggle switch
H Jump back a menu Frontkraftheber
A
Pflug
2
45%
61%
45%
45%
28 bar
Fig. 17. I018362
2. Unlock with quick-lift switch

– Push quick-lift switch (A) upwards once.
NOTE: When unlocking, the lifting or lowering
A C Crop_this_page
speed is reduced until the preset position is
reached. Normal speed can be attained immedi-
ately by pressing the STOP key (C) once.
Fig. 18. I018363

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.28.8 Prioritise front power lift T007230
B
–
Prioritisation toggle switch
Using touch or the navigation keys, select the Frontkraftheber
2
toggle switch (B) on the "Front power lift" page. Pflug
– By operating the toggle switch, prioritisation for B

the front power lift is activated.
45%
61%
45%
45%
28 bar
Fig. 19. I018364
Crop_this_page

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.28.9 Hydraulic service function T005564
Call up the hydraulic "Service Function" menu
2 3
Frontkraftheber
Pflug
45%
61%
45%
2 F 4
45%
Schlepper Hauptseite 28 bar Servicefunktionen

Pflug
A
85 % 85 %
B
1
27,5 34,8 15,0 6,8 Heckkraftheber
Pflug
Schlepper Info
Pflug A
45%
25,7 km
/h 34,8 km
/h
80%
27,5 l
/ha
AUTO
15 % 45%
37,0 km
/h
45%
F
028bar
bar
> 34,8 km/h
45%
Crop_this_page
Fig. 20. I017580
Menu sequence to the hydraulic service function

2. Pressing the soft key (A) or (B) from the "Tractor Main Menu" causes the "Front 3-point Linkage" or "Rear
3-point Linkage" page to appear
3. Pressing the soft key (F) calls up the "Service Function" page.
Switch-on conditions
– The tractor is equipped with double-acting power lifts.
– Engine is running, tractor is stationary.
NOTE: All power lift functions except RAISE and LOWER are deactivated.
DANGER:
Do not change electronic components or perform EOL programming on a jacked up tractor.
The tractor must be propped after it has been jacked up.
Do not carry out any repairs or make any adjustments to the front or rear linkage.
Disengage the 4WD.

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Activate the service function
The display shows the current actual height of the Servicefunktionen
front and rear power lifts.
– Press the soft keys (B) and (C). B
NOTE: If both power lifts are raised above
90%, the full hydraulic pressure is released onto
85 % 85 % 2
the power lifts with these two keys.
C
Um die Servicefunktion wieder ver-

lassen zu könnnen, müssen beide
Kraftheber zu mindestens 90%
ausgehoben sein.
Fig. 21. I017592
Raise/lower the tractor

– Operate the front linkage with the quick-lift
switch (A). The linkage is actuated as long as
Crop_this_page
– Operate the rear linkage with the quick-lift
switch (B). The linkage is actuated as long as
NOTE: The front and rear linkages can also be op-
erated with the external control keys.
Fig. 22. I013338

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
NOTE: The page cannot be exited with the soft key Servicefunktionen
(H) until the lift height is above 90%!
If the ignition is switched off when the hydraulic B
service function is selected, the hydraulic service
2 function becomes active again when the tractor is

restarted.
85 % 85 %
C

Fig. 23. I017593
2.28.10 SA / DA activation and settings T007231
DANGER:
Lower all implements mounted on the front hydraulics! Crop_this_page
If using the power lift for repair work, the tractor must be propped!
Activate DA
toggle switch (F) on the "Front power lift" page. Frontkraftheber
– Touching the soft key (F) causes the double-act- Pflug
ing front power lift to be activated.
NOTE: If the front power lift is only single-acting,
0 bar appears in the bar display.
45%
61%
45%
45%
F
28 bar
Fig. 24. I018365

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Change the field pressure
– If DA is activated, the field pressure display (E)
can be selected using touch or the navigation Frontkraftheber
keys. Pflug
A
– The rotary wheel (A) can be used to set the field
pressure continuously from 0 bar to 50 bar.
2
45%
61%
45%
45%
E
28 bar
Fig. 25. I018366
Operate DA mode
– The linkage can now be lowered with down-
force using the quick lift switch (A). A
Crop_this_page
Fig. 26. I018367

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.28.11 Lift height limit settings for front power lift T007232
2 – Touch the bar for the lift height target value, or

frame appears.
Frontkraftheber
Pflug
A
reached. 45%
61%
45%
45%
28 bar
Fig. 27. I018368
2.28.12 Raise/lower speed settings for front power lift T007233
A Rotary wheel
C Lift speed display Crop_this_page
D Lower speed display
Frontkraftheber
Pflug
A
– Touch the bar for the lift speed (C) or lower
speed (D), or select using the navigation keys; a
45%
red focus frame appears. C 61%
– Turn the adjustment wheel (A) until the desired D 45%

45%
reached.
NOTE: 0% is equivalent to no lift 28 bar
100% is equivalent to the maximum raise or
lower speed
Fig. 28. I018369
2.28.13 Set the time function (standard front power lift) T005670
The time function can be used to set the operating time for the front power lift.
With a setting between 0 and 60 seconds, the EHS valve continues operating until the set time has elapsed,
then switches off automatically.
With a setting over 60 seconds, the valve remains on continuously after actuation.
NOTE: To terminate the time function, actuate raise or lower the EHS valve.

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Activate the time function
B Standard front power lift time display
C Toggle switch for activation of the time func-
tion Frontkraftheber
A
toggle switch (C) on the "Front power lift" page B
Pflug
2
– By operating the toggle switch, the time func- 33 s
tion for the rear power lift is activated.
45%
45%
Fig. 29. I018377
Time setting
A Rotary potentiometer
B Standard front power lift time display
time display bar for the standard front power lift
Frontkraftheber
Pflug A
(B) on the "Front power lift" page B
– Using the rotary potentiometer (A), set the time 33 s
continuously from 0 - 60 s.
Crop_this_page
NOTE: If a value over 60 s is set, (infinite) 45%
appears in the display; the valve remains on 45%

continuously after actuation.
Fig. 30. I018378

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.29 Trailer components
2.29.1 General T005810
2 DANGER:
Attach implements and trailers only to the points specified for this purpose.
Do not exceed the maximum permissible vertical bearing load on the trailer hitch.
Observe appropriate axle loads and weights, and follow the traffic regulations.
Make sure trailer is attached correctly. Check that the trailer braking system is functioning. Fol-
low the trailer manufacturer's instructions!
Carry out regular checks to ensure the trailer hitch is in perfect working condition, especially
when subjected to heavy loads.
The trailer coupling is a design-approved component and may be used only for its designated
purpose.
Use only correct towing eye - bolt combination. Use only the towing eyes provided.
When converting to a mechanical or automatic trailer hitch, ensure that the hitch cannot slip
out of the guide rails accidentally, e.g. by fitting a stop screw into the bottom hole of the guide
rail.
We reserve the right to make technical modifications. The details on the sign plate are binding.
The maximum drawing vehicle/trailer total weight of 40 tonnes must not be exceeded.
If there are different values on the trailer frame and trailer hitch sign plates, the lower value is
the definitive one.
Do not raise the tractor above the front coupling jaw.
When coupling and decoupling, make sure the trailer is secured to prevent it rolling.
2.29.2 Calculation of towing capacities T005814
Crop_this_page
Fig. 1. I013482
Calculation of permissible towing capacity

C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .T x Dt : (T - Dt) Example: 12 x 7.13 : (12 - 7.13) = 17.6
Dt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D : 9.81 Example: 70 : 9.81 = 7.13st
C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Permissible towing capacity (tonnes)
T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Weight of drawing vehicle (tonnes)
D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D-value (kN)

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.29.3 Trailer hitch bracket T010753
Fig. 2. I013662
Observe maximum permissible vertical load and

towing capacity (see type plate).
2.29.4 Manual trailer coupling T005819
To adjust the trailer coupling, lift handle (A).
Fig. 4. I013485

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Observe maximum permissible vertical bearing load
and towing capacity (see sign plate).
Fig. 5. I013486
2.29.5 Automatic trailer coupling T005823
DANGER:
In a secured position, it must only be possible to press the handle (A) approx. 4 mm towards
the opening.
DANGER:
Control stud (C) must not protrude from the control sleeve after coupling.
Adjust trailer coupling
– Turn handle (A) upwards and press to the left.
– Bring trailer hitch to the desired height.
– Hold trailer hitch in floating position to allow the
locking bolt to lock into place; at the same time
turn handle (A) downwards and press to the Crop_this_page
right.
Operate the trailer hitch
– Press hand lever (B) upwards until it locks into
place.
– Control stud (C).
Fig. 6. I013653
Remote control
– The trailer coupling can be operated from the
operator's seat using hand lever (A).
Fig. 7. I013646

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Detach the trailer coupling
– Remove remote control cable.
– Pull pin (A).
– Slide the coupling downward and out of the
guide rails. 2
Fig. 8. I013489
Version with flush bolt (30 mm)

selbstätige Anhängerkupplung
D Typ 850D90 Ausf. B
am Lof-Kfz zul. D 98,1 kN
e1 zul. S 2000 kg
000424 mit Zugösen:
M9941
Art.Nr.850D9030C Fab.Nr.
BARCODE
Version with crowned bolt (38 mm)

Observe maximum permissible vertical bearing load selbstätige Anhängerkupplung
and towing capacity (see sign plate). D Typ 860D90 Ausf. B
am Lof-Kfz zul. D 98,1 kN
e1 zul. S 2000 kg
M9941
BARCODE
Fig. 10. I023696
Version with crowned bolt (36 mm)

Observe maximum permissible vertical bearing load selbstätige Anhängerkupplung
and towing capacity (see sign plate). D Typ 860D90 Ausf. B
NOTE: The "Swiss loop" and 50s loop can also be am Lof-Kfz zul. D 98,1 kN
coupled. e1 zul. S 2000 kg
M9941
BARCODE
Fig. 11. I023698

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.29.6 Attachment for trailer couplings T005828
Lower hitch attachment
2 Observe maximum permissible vertical bearing load

Fig. 12. I013495
Frame for draw bar and shackle with Piton Fix

Crop_this_page
Fig. 13. I013496
2.29.7 Ball-type coupling T005829
NOTE: The use of a ball-type coupling on public roads is permitted only if this is indicated in the vehicle doc-
uments. The trailer must be equipped with a height-adjustable support.
Where "positive steering" is fitted as additional equipment, observe the trailer manufacturer's operating in-
structions.
To ensure sufficient clearance with category II lower links, the linkage balls (E) must be removed when "pos-
itive steering" is fitted as additional equipment.
K80 ball-type coupling
After coupling, secure locking clamp with bolt (A)
and fit safety lock (B).
Where "positive steering" is fitted as additional
equipment, secure locking clamp with bolt (C) and
fit safety lock (D).
Fig. 14. I022751

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Fig. 15. I022752
Height-adjustable ball-type coupling

DANGER:
In a secured position, it must only be possible to press the handle (A) approx. 4 mm towards
the opening.
Adjust trailer coupling
– Press handle (A) upwards and to the right.
– Bring trailer hitch to the desired height.
– Hold trailer hitch in floating position to allow the
locking bolt to lock into place; at the same time
press handle (A) to the left.
– After coupling, secure locking clamp with bolt
(B) and fit cotter pin.
Fig. 16. I013499

Crop_this_page
Fig. 17. I022753
To reduce wear, make sure foam ring (A) is fitted.

Maximum ball wear limit 78.5 mm.
The permissible vertical play (0.5 mm to 1.0 mm) is
set with the locking clamp.
To reduce wear, lubricate the contact surfaces of
the ball coupling and hitch mechanism at regular in-
tervals.
After operation, cover ball with cap.
Fig. 18. I013693

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.29.8 Piton Fix T005830
NOTE: The trailer must be equipped with a height-adjustable support.

After coupling, secure locking clamp with bolt (A)
2 and fit safety lock (B).
Fig. 19. I013583

Crop_this_page
Fig. 20. I013584
2.29.9 Shackle with Piton Fix T005831
NOTE: The trailer must be equipped with a height-adjustable support.

To remove the drawbar, unscrew safety lock (A).
Remove bolt (B).
Fig. 21. I013585

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Fig. 22. I013586
2.29.10 Draw bar T005832
NOTE: The use of a draw bar is recommended for implements only.

The draw bar can be inserted in different holes.
Unscrew safety lock (A). Remove bolt (B).
Crop_this_page
Fig. 23. I013587
Carrying power (max. vertical load)

Do not exceed the maximum permissible vertical
load and position on public roads (see sign plate).
Fig. 24. I013588

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
If coupling jaw (A) has been removed, mount the in-
termediate panel (B) if attaching it again.
NOTE: Observe the specified torques.
Fig. 25. I013705
2.29.11 Hydraulic trailer hitch T005837
(optional)
DANGER:
Risk of injury by crushing or cutting in area of 3-point linkage and lifting rods!
Do not stand behind or in front of the tractor or trailer as they may move backwards or for-
wards. Danger of crushing!
The hitch hook must lock in place.
NOTE: Release the tractor brake when coupling or uncoupling.
NOTE: The use of a hydraulic trailer hitch on public roads is permissible only if an appropriate entry has been
made in the vehicle documents.
Observe safety and operating instructions
Fastener for hitch/drawbar rod
Crop_this_page
(optional)
NOTE: If the headlights at the front are covered by
the hitch/drawbar rod, switch on the auxiliary light-
ing. The front headlights then go out.
Fig. 26. I013710

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Operate
– Connect hydraulic lines to the desired hydraulic
connection at the rear.
– Raise/lower hydraulic trailer hitch with tractor
hydraulics. Operate
see §2.24.4, page 179).
hydraulics (see 2
Fig. 27. I013591
Lower
– Before lowering, release lock with lever (A).
– Lower hitch hook.

– Lock the hydraulic trailer hitch in the parking po-
sition (arrowed) after work is finished to allow
other use of the hydraulic connection.
Fig. 29. I013592

Fig. 30. I013593

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Maintenance
Lubricate hydraulic trailer hitch at the lubrication
points (arrowed) every 100 operating hours.
Lubrication points
2 A
B
Lower hitch: 2 lubrication points.
Lower hitch: 2 lubrication points.
C Unscrew cover: 2 lubrication points.
D To the left and right of the catch hook: 2 lubri-
cation points.
E On hitch hook: 1 lubrication point.
F Underside of hitch: 4 lubrication points.
G Underside of hitch: 4 lubrication points.
H Unscrew cover: 1 lubrication point.
Fig. 31. I013594
Crop_this_page

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.30 Compressed air system
2.30.1 General T005838
DANGER: 2
Make sure trailer is attached correctly. For trailers with air brakes, start driving only if the dis-
play on the instrument panel is in the green zone and there are no warning messages!
Ensure that the brake lines are of sufficient length.
Observe trailer manufacturer's instructions.
When pulling trailers equipped with air brakes, the independent wheel brakes must be locked
(lock the pedals).
The working pressure is reached when the display
(A) is in the green zone.
When pressure in the reservoir is too low, display
(A) flashes in the red zone.
NOTE: The working pressure for operation of the
trailer is only sufficient when the triangle mark (A) is
reached.
Fig. 1. I013728
2.30.2 Operation T005842
A "Black" single-line coupling, single-line system Crop_this_page

connection.
B "Red" single-line coupling, dual-line system
supply.
C Duomatik (optional), "yellow" single-line cou-
pling series, dual-line brake system.
NOTE: After uncoupling, seal the openings
with the dust caps.
Fig. 2. I013734
Inflate tyres
– Connect the supplied tyre inflating hose to the red single-line coupling.
NOTE: Regularly check pressure, which can rise to approx. 8.1 bar.

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.31 Additional ballast
2.31.1 General T005843
2 DANGER:
Always make sure there is sufficient weight on the front axle when using rear-mounted imple-
ments. To maintain brake effectiveness and steerability, the front axle must be loaded with at
least 20% of the unladen weight of the tractor.
Always fit weights in the fixing positions provided as per the instructions.
Do not exceed the permissible total weight or permissible axle load (see sign plate or vehicle
documents).
The tractor may only be driven at maximum road speed under suitable road conditions, with
balanced ballast weights (e.g. 40% on the front axle and 60% on the rear axle) and with the pre-
scribed tyre pressure.
Secure hanging weights with a securing clamp to prevent them falling out and, if necessary,
secure the lower link hook locking with bolts (e.g. M8x50).
2.31.2 Front/rear ballast weights T005768
Front/rear weight 870 kg

Possible ballast weights
Ballast weight 870 kg
A Front/rear weight 870 kg
C Add-on components for packer transport (sin-
gle-row packer max. 1000 kg). Attachment Crop_this_page
plates and hanging weights are not possible.
NOTE: 870 kg in weight can also be added to
with attachment plates 3 x 117 kg. Observe
permissible front axle loads.
Fig. 1. I013750
2.31.3 Wheel weights T005774
DANGER:
After attaching the wheel ballast weights, retighten wheel bolts after 20 operating hours.
Where fitted, retighten wheel balast weights every 100 operating hours.
Observe the maximum permissible width indicated in the vehicle documents.
Max. 3 x 300 kg possible on each side. 38-inch wheel rim only.
Max. 1000 kg + 300 kg per side possible. 42-inch wheel rim only.

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
A = Tightening torque 210 Nm.
B = Replace bolts, new bolt length 95 mm. Tighten-
ing torque 600 Nm.
C = Tightening torque 295 Nm.
NOTE: Wheel ballast weights must not project
outside the tyres, otherwise they cannot be used on
2
public roads.
Fig. 2. I013624
2.31.4 Water ballasting of tyres T005846
A Fill with water

B Draining water
L Air
W Water
NOTE: Follow tyre manufacturer's specifica-
tions with regard to filling quantities (water +
antifreeze). Check tyre pressures regularly!
Crop_this_page
Fig. 3. I013752
2.31.5 Front weights without front power lift T005787
DANGER:
Only attach the weight to an area that cannot tilt and which is appropriate to the weight in-
volved.
The guard rail must be attached if there is no weight attached and the vehicle is being used on
public roads.
If a weight with a tower and coupling jaw is used, the coupling jaw on the tower must not be
used.
Attach the 2500 kg weight

When adjusting the limit stop, retighten bolts (A) af-
ter 50 operating hours. Tightening torque 210 Nm.
Fig. 4. I013626

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Attach the 1800 kg weight
Fig. 5. I013627
Attach the 870 kg weight and also 3 x 117 kg weights

NOTE: Ensure that the attachment plates are fitted
to the weight in the correct position.

Attach the guard rail.
NOTE: For front weights without a front power lift,
only use FENDT front weights. The parked height
must be between 500 mm and 600 mm.
The lower limit stop must be adjusted in line with
the weight concerned, as shown in the diagram.
Fig. 7. I013629
2.31.6 Ballasting recommendations for field use T005788
DANGER:
The tractor may only be driven at maximum road speed under suitable road conditions, with
balanced ballast weights (e.g. 40% on the front axle and 60% on the rear axle) and with the pre-
scribed tyre pressure.
The proposed ballasting is based on current experience. It is adapted to average operating conditions and can
vary between customers depending on ground conditions and implements.
Attachment type: 1 = attached, 2 = semi-mounted, 3 = pulled

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Implement Version Attach- Ballast Rear wheel

ment type front weights
Subsoiler 5 tines 1 1800 kg 4 x 300 kg or 2 x
1000 kg
Subsoiler 7 tines 1 2500 kg 4 x 300 kg or 2 x 2
1000 kg
Plough 5-furrow 1 1800 kg 2 x 300 kg
Plough 6-furrow 2 1800 kg 2 x 300 kg
Plough 7-furrow 2 1800 kg 4 x 300 kg or 2 x
1000 kg
Plough 8-furrow 2 2500 kg 4 x 300 kg or 2 x
1000 kg
Cultivator 5m 1 1800 kg 2 x 300 kg
Cultivator 6m 1 1800 kg 4 x 300 kg or 2 x
1000 kg
1000 kg
1000 kg
Disc cultivator 5m 1 1800 kg 2 x 300 kg
Disc cultivator 6m 1 2500 kg 4 x 300 kg or 2 x
1000 kg
Disc cultivator 5m 2 1800 kg 2 x 300 kg
Disc cultivator 6m 2 2500 kg 4 x 300 kg or 2 x
1000 kg
Disc harrow 5m 2 1800 kg 4 x 300 kg or 2 x Crop_this_page
1000 kg
Disc harrow 6m 2 2500 kg 4 x 300 kg or 2 x
1000 kg
Cultivator - disc harrow 5m 2 1800 kg 4 x 300 kg or 2 x
1000 kg
Cultivator - disc harrow 6m 2 2500 kg 4 x 300 kg or 2 x
1000 kg
Seed bed combination 6m 1 1800 kg Without
Seed bed combination 6m 2 1800 kg Without
Seed bed combination 10 m 2 1800 kg 4 x 300 kg or 2 x
1000 kg
Power harrow - seed drill 6m 1 2500 kg Without
Power harrow - seed drill 2 1800 kg 4 x 300 kg or 2 x
1000 kg
Seed drill 9m 2 870 kg Without
Seed drill 12 m 2 870 kg Without
Seed drill + pre-tool 6m 2 1800 kg 4 x 300 kg or 2 x
1000 kg
Seed drill + pre-tool 9m 2 2500 kg 4 x 300 kg or 2 x
1000 kg
Direct seeding machine 6m 2 1800 kg 2 x 300 kg
Maise planter 12-row 870 kg Without
Silage trailer (2-axle) 20 t 2 Without Without
Silage trailer (2-axle) 24 t 2 870 kg Without

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Implement Version Attach- Ballast Rear wheel
ment type front weights
Silage trailer (3-axle) 28 t 2 1200 kg Without
Liquid manure tanker (2-axle) 20 t 2 Without Without
2 Liquid manure tanker (2-axle) 24 t 2 870 kg Without
Liquid manure tanker (3-axle) 30 t 2 1200 kg Without
Liquid manure tanker (3-axle) 28 t 3 870 kg Without
Manure spreader (2-axle) 20 t 2 Without Without
Manure spreader (2-axle) 24 t 2 870 kg Without
Trailer (2-axle) 20 t 2 Without Without
Trailer (2-axle) 24 t 2 870 kg Without
Mower, reverse operation 9m 1800 kg Without
(Rüfa)
Mulcher, reverse operation 6m 1800 kg Without
(Rüfa)
Forest mulcher 3m Without
Stump grinder 3m Without
Maize chopper Indepen- 1800 kg
dently of rows
Crop_this_page

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.32 Track width adjustment
2.32.1 General T005867
DANGER: 2
When working on tyres, make sure that the tractor is properly parked and secured against roll-
ing away (chocks)!
If the engine needs to be started to turn the rear wheels, all four wheels must turn freely (jacked
up).
When working underneath the jacked-up tractor, make sure no one is on the tractor! If the trac-
tor is lifted using the lower links, additional supports are required!
Tyre repairs should only be carried out by qualified personnel using suitable fitting tools.
Tyres may explode if the air pressure is too high! Check tyre pressures regularly!
Do not use row crop tyres for heavy-duty towing work or front loader work.
After wheel mounting or track adjustment, tighten all bolts and nuts on the front and rear
wheels and on track adjusting elements. Check them regularly!
When a wheel is fitted or the track changed, all affected bolts must be tightened after 10 oper-
ating hours.
NOTE: Tyres that are not recorded in the vehicle documents must be added.
2.32.2 Wide vehicle marker lights T005875
Fix warning signs on left and right, flush with the

outer edge of the tyre.
NOTE: Tighten securing bolt (A) to 5 Nm.
Crop_this_page
Fig. 1. I013799
2.32.3 Rear axle stub shaft T005877
(optional).
Change track width
Jack up rear wheels; loosen bolts (A).
Screw in the bolts (located in tool box) in hole (B) to
loosen the chuck cone.
Set to desired track; ensure that there is proper
clearance.
Fig. 2. I013805

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
If the track width is changed, the securing bolts
should be tightened in accordance with the follow-
ing diagram.
1. Tighten hexagon bolts to a torque of 200 Nm in
2 the sequence shown (1-6).
2. Retighten hexagon bolts to a torque of 400 Nm
Nm in the sequence shown (1-6).
3. Drive the tractor for at least 100 m, then re-
tighten the hexagon bolts to a torque of 600 Nm
in the sequence shown (1-6).
4. After 3 operating hours, retighten the hexagon
bolts to a torque of 600 Nm in the sequencer
shown (1-6). Fig. 3. I013806
5. After 10 operating hours, retighten the hexagon

bolts to a torque of 600 Nm in the sequence
shown (1-6).
Replace rims with rear axle stub shaft

NOTE: If changing the rims, ensure that washers
(A) are present.
Crop_this_page
Fig. 4. I013808

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.33 Tyre pressure monitoring system
2.33.1 Operate tyre pressure monitoring system T008760
Call up the tyre pressure monitoring system menu

2
3
2
Transport STOP
Pflug
1,8 1,8 bar
0,9 0,9 bar
27,5 34,8 15,0 6,8
Schlepper Info
Pflug A
25,7 km
/h 34,8 km
/h
Crop_this_page
l
27,5 /ha
AUTO
15 %
km
37,0 /h
Fig. 1. I022278
Tyre pressure monitoring system menu sequence

1. Press button (A) to call up the "Tractor main page"
2. Press button (F) on the Tractor Main Page to display the "Tyre pressure monitoring" page
3. Tyre pressure monitoring page

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Set target values
– Touch the front or rear axle target value; a red

focus frame appears. A
2
STOP
– Turn the adjustment wheel (A) until the required Transport
value is reached.
If the target value is changed, an immediate re-
adjustment is made or air is released. Settings
are saved automatically. IST: 1,6 1,6 bar TEST
1,8 1,8 bar
0,9 0,9 bar
Fig. 2. I022284
If the actual value is higher or lower than the target

value, a message appears asking if the pressure
should be readjusted.
Upon confirmation, air is either pumped into the
"EFWJBUJPOXBTEFUFDUFECFUXFFOUIFBDUVBMQSFTTVSFBOE
tyres or released from the tyres. UIFTFUUBSHFUQSFTTVSF
"DUVBMQSFTTVSF CBS
5BSHFUQSFTTVSF CBS
Crop_this_page
4IPVMECFSFBEKVTUFE
Fig. 3. I022290

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
An up arrow (pump up) or down arrow (release air) Reifendruckregelanlage
appears at point (A) on the display. Transport STOP
A 2
1,8 1,8 bar
0,9 0,9 bar
Fig. 4. I022289
Measure the tyre pressure

NOTE: As continuous measurements are not taken, the tyre pressure monitoring system cannot detect if a
tyre is losing air due to damage.
Press button (D) to initiate the tyre pressure mea- Reifendruckregelanlage
surement process. Transport STOP Crop_this_page
During the measurement process, which takes ap-
prox. 10 to 15 seconds, hourglasses are shown on
the display.
D
1,8 1,8 bar
0,9 0,9 bar
Fig. 5. I022302

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
If the actual value is higher or lower than the target
value, a message appears asking if the pressure
should be readjusted.
Upon confirmation, air is either pumped into the
"EFWJBUJPOXBTEFUFDUFECFUXFFOUIFBDUVBMQSFTTVSFBOE
tyres or released from the tyres.
2 UIFTFUUBSHFUQSFTTVSF
"DUVBMQSFTTVSF CBS
5BSHFUQSFTTVSF CBS
4IPVMECFSFBEKVTUFE
Fig. 6. I022290
Switch between road or field mode

Press button (E) to switch between road and field Reifendruckregelanlage
mode. Transport STOP
In the adjacent image, road mode is activated.
Crop_this_page
1,8 1,8 bar

E
0,9 0,9 bar
Fig. 7. I022305

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Cancel action
Press button (A) to cancel actions (pump up, re-
lease, measure). Reifendruckregelanlage
A
Transport STOP
2
1,8 1,8 bar
0,9 0,9 bar
Fig. 8. I022319
Crop_this_page

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.34 Twin tyres
2.34.1 General T005878
2 WARNING:
When working on tyres, make sure that the tractor is properly parked and secured against roll-
ing away (chocks)! When working underneath the jacked-up tractor, make sure no one is on the
tractor! See also the safety instructions in “Track width adjustment”. For tightening torques,
see “TECHNICAL DATA”.
Twin tyres may be used to reduce ground pressure in the field, but not to increase load capacity or tractive
power.
NOTE: Twin tyres must be recorded in the vehicle documents for use on normal roads. The twin tyre selec-
tion table in this manual may be used when presenting the tractor at a vehicle testing station.
Welding additional holder cams onto the rim is not permissible. See also Technical Service Information 15/05.
2.34.2 Conditions for use T005879
– If the standard lights are more than 400 mm

from the vehicle outer edge, tail lights, marker
lights and reflectors must be duplicated.
– If the width exceeds 2750 mm, fit warning
plates front and rear.
– Max. road speed 25 km/h (as per vehicle licens-
ing regulations if wheels have insufficient cover-
ing).
– Ensure that there is a sufficient steering angle.
Maintenance
Retighten the wheel bolts after 10 operating hours. Crop_this_page
Regularly check the prescribed torque of 600 Nm
every 50 operating hours. Fig. 1. I013835
2.34.3 Dual wheels T005801
Model Inner front Tracks Outer Inner rear Inner rear Outer
tyres Inner front tyres* tyres tracks tyres*
922–939 600/65 R 34 2000 mm HD 600/65 R 650/85 R 38 2000 mm HD 650/85 R
34 38
922–939 600/70 R 34 2000 mm HD 600/70 R 710/75 R 42 2000 mm HD 710/75 R
34 42
*Permissible axle load on request, only HD system from Grasdorf approved.

Dual wheels cannot be used as single wheels! Consult the dual wheel manufacturer's fitting instructions
Order and delivery information:
Metallbau Grasdorf GmbH, Ziegelei Straße 29, 31188 Holle, Germany
Telephone +49 (0)5062/902-0

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.35 Changing tyre size
2.35.1 Setting speed display for changed tyres T005884
If the tyre size is changed, the speed display can be quickly adapted to the new tyre size.
Input value:
2
The rolling circumference of the rear tyres must be entered in mm.
NOTE: Rolling circumference can vary according to tyre size. Follow tyre manufacturer’s recommendations.
Procedure:
– Ignition ON.
Press button, the first main menu
level appears on the multiple display.

Press button.
The following sub-menu is displayed. Fig. 1. I012793

Crop_this_page
Press button.

Press button.

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
– Screen (A) is displayed, 1st digit (B) flashes.
Repeatedly press one of the keys
repeatedly until the desired figure
shows.
2
Fig. 4. I013859
Press button. Insert the remaining
3 digits one after the other, in the same
way as the 1st digit.
Press button.
– After switching the ignition OFF, wait approx.

5 seconds. The new data will be applied when the
ignition is turned ON.
Crop_this_page

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.36 Load implement settings
2.36.1 Load implement and save current implement settings T010204
NOTE: This function can be used to load settings for an implement which has already been created and to 2
add the settings in VarioGuide (implement settings and track distance). A new implement can also be cre-
ated.
Information management Verwaltung Hauptseite

D Management 24 10 2009
11 10 35
D
17m
Stein
1
Fig. 1. I025413
Management (main page) "

7FSXBMUVOH)BVQUTFJUF
A Load implement #
B Create implement and save settings )JFSLÚOOFO,POGJHVSBUJPOFO
"#$
BVGHFSVGFOVOEBCHFTQFJDIFSU
XFSEFO
64#
Crop_this_page
4UBUVT'BISIFCFM

N
Fig. 2. I025414
Load implement
– After softkey (A) is pressed, the pop-up shown Letzte Einstellungen wiederherstellen?
opposite appears. Amazone Catros

Drillkombi klein
Select implement and confirm. Hardi Commander
Köckerling Ultima
Pöttinger NovaCat
Rauch Axis
Fig. 3. I025415

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Save current implement settings

– After softkey (B) is pressed, the pop-up shown Die Einstellungen wurden geändert. Sollen die Änderungen-
gespeichert werden?
opposite appears. Amazone Catros
2 – To save the current implement settings with an

existing name, select the name and confirm.
Drillkombi klein
Hardi Commander
Köckerling Ultima
Pöttinger NovaCat
Rauch Axis
ABC
Fig. 4. I025416
– To save the current implement settings with a

new name, select a blank line and then specify
a name using the keyboard. Köckerling Vario
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 ß ´
y x c v b n m , .
ABC € @ Crop_this_page
+ -
<
Fig. 5. I025417

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.37 Save implement settings
2.37.1 Save implement on stopping T010222
NOTE: This function can be used to save the current settings for an implement (incl. the implement settings 2
and the track distance from VarioGuide).
Save the current implement settings with the same name
If an implement has been loaded and one or more
settings then changed, the page shown opposite Die Einstellungen zu Pflug wurden geändert
appears when the engine is switched off.

– The current settings are saved under the same
name with the key. Speichern unter aktuellem Namen
– The terminal then switches off.
ABC
Fig. 1. I018130
Save the current settings with a different name
Press softkey ABC

. Die Einstellungen zu Pflug wurden geändert
Speichern unter aktuellem Namen Crop_this_page
ABC
Fig. 2. I018134
– The pop-up shown opposite appears.

– To save the current implement settings under Die Einstellungen wurden geändert. Sollen die Änderungen-
gespeichert werden?
an existing name, select name and confirm. Amazone Catros
Drillkombi klein
Hardi Commander
Köckerling Ultima
Pöttinger NovaCat
Rauch Axis
ABC
Fig. 3. I025416

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
– To save the current implement settings with a
new name, select a blank line, specify a name
using the keyboard and confirm. Köckerling Vario
– The terminal then switches off.

2
NOTE: This procedure is used to create a new im-
plement; the original implement remains un-
changed. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 ß ´
y x c v b n m , .
ABC € @ -
+
<
Fig. 4. I025417
2.37.2 Settings that can be saved T005885
This setting saving function allows ten different sets of parameters to be saved under any name and recalled
when needed.
Comfort front power lift (FKH)
– Auto mode
– Lock status
– Lifting rate regulation
Crop_this_page
– Lowering rate regulation
– Maximum lifting height
– Pressure and SA/DA status
Rear power lift (EPC)
– Lock status
– Lowering speed
– Mix (draft control/position control)
– Slip setting
– Starting speed for shock load stabilising system.
– Maximum lifting height
– Auto mode
– SA-DA mode
– DA mode pressure setting
– Lower link lateral stabiliser status
– Lower link lateral stabiliser lift height limit
– Lifting speed
– Priority function
Rear PTO
– Rear PTO speed
– Auto mode
Electrical valves 1-8
– Valve priority
– Lock status

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
– Time setting
– Lifting rate regulation
– Lowering rate regulation
– Timer function selection
– Switch-on function 2
External valve actuation
– Valve selection
Load limit control
– Engine speed drop set value
Tempomat
– Cruise control speed 1
– Cruise control speed pre-selection 1.
– Speed cruise control 2
– Cruise control speed pre-selection 2.
Quick reverse
– Reverse speed 1+2
– Preselection of reverse speed 1+2
Electronic accelerator
– Min/max engine speed values
4WD
– 4WD pre-selection
Differential lock
– Differential lock pre-selection
Crop_this_page
Suspension
– Suspension mode pre-selection
Tractor Management System (TMS)
– TMS operation ON
– Accelerator pedal mode ON
– Fixed engine speed range (min-max)
– Operating status (PTO, lifting gear, hydraulic valve function) of the engine speed control
Variotronic Ti
– Stored operating sequences available for play back
General valves
– Switching function (multi-function armrest)
– Switching function (terminal)
– Hydraulic control pressure for external hydraulic connection (status)
– Hydraulic control pressure for external hydraulic connection (pressure)
Front PTO
– Auto mode
ISO implement control
– Implement control mode
Steering axle automatic mode
– Valve selection
– Auto mode

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.38 On-board computer
2.38.1 Call up and switch on the on-board computer T009278
2 Call up the on-board computer
1
Schlepper Info
Pflug
25,7 km
/h 34,8 km
/h
C
l
27,5 /ha
AUTO
15 %
37,0 km
2 3
/h
VarioDoc Pro Hauptseite Bordrechner

1
Hr. Fleißig: Spritzen 1.04 1024,5 l
25,4 l/ha
Oberer Acker am See
30,00 ha
28,0 l/h
VarioDoc Pro Info Winterweizen:
Dekan
05:27:35 h:m:s
Hr. Fleißig: Spritzen 1.04 Betrieb Müller
x
Feld 1 38,2 km
Heislawastl
Start Start
Bad Kohlgrub
C E 10,05 ha
05:02 h 09:56 h Herbizid: 1,500
U 46 D-Fluid l/ha
10,05 ha 19,95 ha
220,4 l 494,9 l Herbizid: 1,750 137

Atlantis l/ha
Wetter: Zuletzt zurückgesetzt:

leicht windig
15.05.2010
1/2 22:15:55
10,0005 ha
Crop_this_page
Fig. 1. I023111
On-board computer menu sequence

1. Press soft key (C); "VarioDoc Info" is called up
In "VarioDoc Info", press soft key (C); "VarioDoc Main Page" is displayed
2. In "VarioDoc Main Page" press soft key (E), "On-Board Computer" page is displayed
3. "On-Board Computer" page

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Soft keys
A Start counter toggle switch
B Reset all counters
D Call up "Computer" page #PSESFDIOFS "

E
F, G
Call up "Trigger Settings" page
Browse the on-board computer M
#
2
H Jump back one menu level MIB
MI
INT
Y
%
LN
&
IB
'

(

)
Fig. 2. I023110
Display
A Total use
B Average use per ha and h Bordrechner Crop_this_page
C Stopwatch A 1
D Kilometres covered 1024,5 l
E Worked areas
F Total pulses counted
B 25,4 l/ha
G Last time the counter was reset to zero 28,0 l/h
NOTE: All displays correspond to the counter start

C 05:27:35 h:m:s
D 38,2 km
E 10,05 ha
F 137
G Zuletzt zurückgesetzt:
15.05.2010
22:15:55
Fig. 3. I023136

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Switch the on-board computer counters on/off
– Press toggle switch (A). All counters on this
page are switched on or off.
#PSESFDIOFS "

2 M
MIB
MI
INT
LN
IB


Fig. 4. I023112
Crop_this_page

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.38.2 Call up and configure trigger settings T009279
Call up trigger settings
2
1
Schlepper Info
Pflug
25,7 km
/h 34,8 km
/h
C
l
27,5 /ha
AUTO
15 %
37,0 km
2 3
/h
Vario-DocPro
Hauptseite Bordrechner
Bordrechner
VarioDoc Hauptseite
1
1
Hr. Fleißig: Spritzen 1.04 1024,5
1024,5 ll
25,4
25,4 l/ha
l/ha
Oberer Acker am See
30,00 ha 28,0
28,0 l/h
l/h
VarioDoc Pro Info Winterweizen:
Pflnnzenschutzspritze
Pflanzenschutzspritze Dekan
05:27:35 h:m:s
05:27:35 h:m:s
Hr. Fleißig: Spritzen 1.04 Betrieb Müller x
x
Feld 1 38,2 km
38,2 km
Heislawastl
Start
Start Start
Start
Bad Kohlgrub
05:02
05:02 hh 09:56
09:56 hh
C E 10,05 ha
10,05 ha E
Herbizid: 1,500
U 46 D-Fluid
10:05
10,05 ha
ha 19:95
19,95 ha
ha l/ha
220,4
220,4 ll 494,9
494,9 ll Herbizid:
137
137
1,750
Atlantis l/ha
Zuletzt
Zuletzt zurückgesetzt:
zurückgesetzt:
Wetter:
leicht windig 15.05.2010
15.05.2010
1/1
1/2
22:15:55
22:15:55
10,0005
10,0005 ha
ha
Crop_this_page
4
Auslösereinstellungen
Auslösereinstellungen
Die Flächen- und Streckenzählung

erfolgt bei allen eingeschalteten
Bordrechnern abhängig von den
Auslösern.
15,00 m
15,00 m
Fig. 5. I023113
Trigger settings menu sequence

1. Press soft key (C); "VarioDoc Info" is called up
In "VarioDoc Info", press soft key (C); "VarioDoc Main Page" is displayed
2. In "VarioDoc Main Page" press soft key (E), "On-Board Computer" page is displayed
3. On the "On-Board Computer" page, press soft key (E); "Trigger Settings" page is displayed
4. "Trigger Settings" page

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Adjust triggers
A Toggle switch Auto/ON
B
C
Front power lift
Rear power lift "VTMÚTFSFJOTUFMMVOHFO
"
2 D
E
External counter
Hydraulic valves
#
F Front PTO
G Rear PTO %JF'MÊDIFOVOE4USFDLFO[ÊIMVOH
H Jump back one menu level FSGPMHUCFJBMMFOFJOHFTDIBMUFUFO
#PSESFDIOFSOBCIÊOHJHWPOEFO
$
NOTE: If toggle switch (A) is set to ON, the dis- "VTMÚTFSO
tance and surface are always measured, except
when the on-board computer is paused. The other %
buttons are greyed out.
If toggle switch (A) is set to AUTO, the distance and
area measurement depends on triggers (B) to (G). &
Measurement takes place once all activated trigger
conditions are fulfilled simultaneously.
'
N (
Fig. 6. I023149
A Info. box: For all on-board computers that are "VTMÚTFSFJOTUFMMVOHFO

switched on, the area and distance measure- 1GMBO[FOTDIVU[TQSJU[F
ment is carried out permanently (ON) or con- "
Crop_this_page
trolled by the triggers (AUTO).
B Here, the area measurement can be added,
%JF'MÊDIFOVOE4USFDLFO[ÊIMVOH
subtracted or ignored for both forward and FSGPMHUCFJBMMFOFJOHFTDIBMUFUFO
backward movement. #PSESFDIOFSOBCIÊOHJHWPOEFO
C Valve colour selection for "valve" triggers "VTMÚTFSO
D Nominal working width #
%
N
Fig. 7. I023155
NOTE: The trigger settings relate to the covered areas displayed in the map view!

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.39 ISO implement control
2.39.1 General T008400
Implement control allows existing components (control terminal, joystick) to be used for controlling imple-
ments.
2
NOTE: Disconnect implements once work is complete; otherwise, the battery will discharge.
WARNING:
Observe the operating instructions for the implement and comply with the safety notes con-
tained therein.
2.39.2 ISOBUS activation T007794
Call up ISOBUS information page
ISOBUS Information
CAN-Botschaften 0
2
/s
CAN Bus Status
Level 3

Pflug
Taskkontroller aktiv Crop_this_page
ABC
werden.
USB
Status Fahrhebel:
24 10 2009
11 10 35
Fig. 1. I020248

– Information management – ISOBUS information
2 Menu level:
– Management (main page)

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Activate ISOBUS
Soft key (A) is used to switch the complete ISOBUS
on or off. ISOBUS Information A
That means that upon activation, the internal tractor
2 wiring is released for the ISOBUS.

CAN Bus Status
Level 3
Fig. 2. I019136
ISOBUS activated
Displays on the ISOBUS information page ISOBUS Information
A CAN messages per s A
B CAN bus status Crop_this_page
B CAN-Botschaften 192 /s
C Implementation level
CAN Bus Status
D ECU tractor
E Task controller activity
C
Implementation
The general information displayed about the ISO- Level Level 3
BUS in the entire vehicle enables detailed diagnos- D
tics when dealing with problems.
E
Fig. 3. I019135

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.39.3 Position ISOBUS application on the terminal T008354
Press the positioning button (D) on the external con-

trol panel
A B
2
C
G
G
F
D
E
Fig. 4. I012426
On the positioning page, press the ISOBUS toggle B

switch (A) and confirm with button (B) A
fo++
Info
In
+ +
Info+
Info Info+
Info
Crop_this_page
Fig. 5. I020295
If no ISOBUS implement is connected and no oper- ISOBUS Gerätesteuerung Schlepper Info

Pflug
ating mask is active on the terminal, the display op-
posite appears with the message "No device
connected" Kein Gerät angeschlossen.
km km
25,7 /h 34,8 /h
l
27,5 /ha
AUTO
15 %
km
37,0 /h
1 2 3
17m
Fig. 6. I020296

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
If one operating mask is available, the soft keys op- ISOBUS Gerätesteuerung Schlepper Info
Pflug
posite appear.
km km
25,7 /h 34,8 /h
2 27,5 l
/ha
km
AUTO
15 %
37,0 /h
1 2 3
17m
Fig. 7. I020297
If there are two operating masks available, the soft ISOBUS Gerätesteuerung Schlepper Info
Pflug
keys opposite are displayed.
km km
25,7 /h 34,8 /h
l
27,5 /ha
AUTO
15 %
km
37,0 /h
1 2 3
17m
Fig. 8. I020298
Crop_this_page
If there are more than two operating masks avail- ISOBUS Gerätesteuerung Schlepper Info
Pflug
able, the soft keys opposite are displayed.
km km
25,7 /h 34,8 /h
l
27,5 /ha
AUTO
15 %
km
37,0 /h
1 2 3
17m
Fig. 9. I020299

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.39.4 Connect the ISOBUS implement and load the software T007796
Connect the implement to the ISOBUS socket

Plug the connecting cable of the implement job
computer into the socket (A). 2
Fig. 10. I020317
Load the operating mask into the terminal

If the job computer is connected and the operating
mask is not yet stored in the terminal, then the load-
ing of the operating mask is displayed.
The pop-up vanishes upon full upload of the operat-
ing mask (+5 s) or after confirmation with the
key, and the upload is then continued in the back- Lade ISOBUS Bedienmaske...
ground. Hersteller: AGCO GmbH
Firmensitz: Marktoberdorf, Germany
Gerätetyp: Traktor
77%
Crop_this_page
Fig. 11. I020319
ISOBUS implement becomes active

If the upload is ended or an ISOBUS participant pre-
viously saved in the terminal becomes active, the
message opposite appears.
NOTE: The pop-up vanishes either when the oper-
ator presses or automatically after 10 seconds.
ISOBUS Gerät aktiv.
Hersteller: AGCO GmbH
Gerätetyp: Traktor
Fig. 12. I020318

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Display on the terminal
The ISOBUS operating mask is displayed in the top ISOBUS Gerätesteuerung Schlepper Info
Pflug
left quarter of the terminal.
2 25,7
27,5
km
/h
l AUTO
34,8
15
km
/h
%
/ha
km
37,0 /h
1 2 3
17m
Fig. 13. I020297
If there are two operating masks available, the soft ISOBUS Gerätesteuerung Schlepper Info
Pflug
keys opposite are displayed.
km km
25,7 /h 34,8 /h
l
27,5 /ha
AUTO
15 %
km
37,0 /h
1 2 3
17m
Crop_this_page
Fig. 14. I020298
If there are more than two operating masks avail- ISOBUS Gerätesteuerung Schlepper Info
Pflug
able, soft keys are displayed as shown.
km km
25,7 /h 34,8 /h
l
27,5 /ha
AUTO
15 %
km
37,0 /h
1 2 3
17m
Fig. 15. I020299

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
After pressing the soft key (A), the following selec- A ISOBUS Gerätesteuerung Schlepper Info
tion window appears. Pflug
km km
25,7 34,8
2
/h /h
l
27,5 /ha
AUTO
15 %
km
37,0 /h
1 2 3
17m
Fig. 16. I020301
From the selection window of available ISOBUS op- ISOBUS Gerätesteuerung Schlepper Info
Pflug
erating masks, select the respective operating Geräteauswahl
mask and confirm with .
km km
25,7 /h 8
34,8 /h
l
27,5 /ha
AUTO
5
15 %
km
37,0 /h
1 2 3
17m
Fig. 17. I020314
Crop_this_page
ISOBUS implement becomes inactive
When the ISOBUS job computer is unplugged, this
message appears.
Confirm with and the message vanishes.
ISOBUS Gerät nicht mehr aktiv.

Hersteller: AGCO GmbH
Gerätetyp: Traktor
Fig. 18. I020320

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
The message "No device connected" appears in the ISOBUS Gerätesteuerung Schlepper Info
Pflug
upper left corner of the terminal.
Kein Gerät angeschlossen.

km km
25,7 /h 34,8 /h
2 27,5 l
/ha
km
AUTO
15 %
37,0 /h
1 2 3
17m
Fig. 19. I020296
2.39.5 Assigning implement functions to the FENDT joystick T008355
Condition during ignition ON

After a system start, the FENDT joystick is always assigned to the tractor. This means that the joystick does
not send any key presses as CAN messages on the ISOBUS.
Depending on the Fendt joystick-ISOBUS status, the joystick is or is not registered as an ISOBUS participant.
After successful transfer to the ISOBUS via toggle switch F1, the FENDT joystick is in control mode. Upon
start-up, the external control elements (such as WTK joystick) must also be placed in a defined status. An
important difference from the FENDT joystick is that external control elements on the ISOBUS are immedi-
ately active if these are already plugged in upon ignition.
Release of the joystick for mounted implement functions
Use soft key (B) to call up the assignment overview ISOBUS Gerätesteuerung Schlepper Info
page.
Pflug
Crop_this_page
B
km km
25,7 /h 34,8 /h
l
27,5 /ha
AUTO
15 %
km
37,0 /h
1 2 3
17m
Fig. 20. I020327

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
The assignment overview indicates that the joystick ISOBUS Belegungsübersicht
is assigned to the tractor.
Der Fahrhebel ist dem

2
Schlepper zugeordnet.
Fig. 21. I020328
Assign joystick to ISOBUS Crop_this_page

Press soft key (A), and the joystick is assigned to
ISOBUS. A ISOBUS Belegungsübersicht
Der Fahrhebel ist dem

Fig. 22. I020329

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
The warning message "Control lever will be allo-
cated to ISOBUS" appears.
Confirm with , and the pop-up vanishes.
2 Fahrhebel wird ISOBUS zugeordnet.
Fig. 23. I020330
The assignment overview page appears. ISOBUS Belegungsübersicht

NOTE:
The following conditions must be satisfied for this:
– ISOBUS activated see "Activate ISOBUS",
page 284
– Joystick released for ISOBUS on VT settings
page see §2.3.19.2, page 105
– Virtual terminal set to ON status see §2.3.19.2,
page 105
– Responsibility for AUX assignment: Fendt Vari-
oterminal see §2.3.19.2, page 105
– Front and/or rear PTO automatic mode must not
be active
– TeachIn not active
Crop_this_page
– Hydraulic valves locked
– Front power lift not operated via joystick
Fig. 24. I020331

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Switching to assignment mode
Use soft key (B) to switch to assignment mode. ISOBUS Belegungsübersicht
B
2
Fig. 25. I020333
The warning message "Control elements will be dis-

abled" appears
Confirm with
Crop_this_page
Bedienelemente werden deaktiviert.
Fig. 26. I020334

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
The page background is green when in assignment ISOBUS Belegungsübersicht
mode.
Fig. 27. I020335
Assigning the implement functions Crop_this_page

There are two ways that the operator can assign or change the control elements of the FENDT joystick:
– By pressing an assigned or unassigned element on the terminal.
– By pressing on an assigned or unassigned element on the FENDT joystick.
The "Suitable Functions" pop-up appears
– Select function Geeignete Funktionen
– Confirm with
Fig. 28. I020342

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
NOTE: If a function is already assigned to the joy-
stick button, then an arrow pointing to a waste bas- Geeignete Funktionen
ket is also shown in the selection list to allow the
assignment to be deleted again.
Fig. 29. I020344
Page with currently valid assignments is displayed. ISOBUS Belegungsübersicht
Crop_this_page
Fig. 30. I020343

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Activating the assignment
Use toggle switch (B) to exit assignment mode. ISOBUS Belegungsübersicht
B
2
Fig. 31. I020345
The warning message "Control elements will be ac-

tivated" appears
Confirm with
Crop_this_page
Bedienelemente werden aktiviert.
Fig. 32. I020346

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Functions of the implement can now be operated ISOBUS Belegungsübersicht
with the joystick.
Fig. 33. I020347
Deactivating assignments Crop_this_page

To deactivate assignments, switch to assignment ISOBUS Belegungsübersicht
mode using toggle switch (B).
Fig. 34. I020348

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
The warning message "Control elements will be dis-
abled" is displayed to indicate deactivation of the
control elements.
Confirm with
2 Bedienelemente werden deaktiviert.
Fig. 35. I020334
In assignment mode, assignments can be changed ISOBUS Belegungsübersicht

or deleted.
Crop_this_page
Fig. 36. I020349
Restoring assignments
Assignments are never automatically active; they are only active once the operator has confirmed a query
pop-up with OK. This pop-up always appears if a stored assignment for a combination of control element and
implement with functions has been located in the memory.

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Warning message appears:
"Assignments stored on 25.03.2010 to be restored?
Assignments cannot be restored entirely. Please
check current assignments!" Sollen die am 25.03.2010 abgespeicherten
Belegungen wieder hergestellt werden?
If the pop-up is interrupted with , then the as-
signments for this implement are deleted from the
2
memory. New assignments can then be processed
via the user interface. If the pop-up is confirmed Es können nicht alle Belegungen wieder-
with , then the stored assignments are assigned hergestellt werden. Bitte die aktuelle
and sent to the ISOBUS as CAN messages. This Belegung kontrollieren
means that the control elements are then func-
tional.
NOTE: This pop-up does not appear if assignment Fig. 37. I020350
mode is active.
The query will not appear until assignment mode
has been exited.
Saving assignments
All current assignments are always stored if the toggle switch is used to switch from "Assignment mode" to
"Operational mode" on the "Control Element Mapping" pages. A second option for storing assignments occurs
once the stored control elements are restored.
2.39.6 Assignment of implement functions to external control lever T008356
Connect external control lever

Connect an external control lever (e.g. WTK joy-
stick) to the ISO socket (E).
DANGER:
Crop_this_page
When using a separate input device, ob-
serve the manufacturer's installation in-
structions. Improper installation can
impair tractor functionality.
Fig. 38. I012270

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Press the soft key (E) to call up the control element ISOBUS Belegungsübersicht
mapping page.
NOTE: The soft key is only displayed if an external
control element is connected.
2 Der Fahrhebel ist dem
Fig. 39. I020351
The control element mapping page appears. Belegung Bedienelemente
Bedienelement
Crop_this_page
Funktionen
1 / 12
Fig. 40. I020352

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
NOTE:
The following conditions must be satisfied for this:
– ISOBUS activated see "Activate ISOBUS", page 284
– Virtual terminal set to ON status see §2.3.19.2, page 105
– Responsibility for AUX assignment: Fendt Varioterminal see §2.3.19.2, page 105 2
– At least one external control element is active on the ISOBUS.
Switching to assignment mode
Use soft key (B) to switch to assignment mode. Belegung Bedienelemente
The page background is green when in assignment
mode. Bedienelement
B
Funktionen
Crop_this_page
1 / 12
Fig. 41. I020358
Assigning the implement functions

The method for assigning implement functions is the same as that used to assign the FENDT joystick.

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.39.7 Delete assignments T008478
Menu sequence
2
2
3
ISOBUS Bedienmasken ISOBUS Belegungsübersicht
1
Hilfsgerät
Ser#:
Ver:
Erntemaschine
Ser#:
Ver:
Futterernte
Ser#:
Ver:
1/3
Fig. 42. I020362
Follow the above sequence to call up the ISOBUS operating masks page.
The respective operating masks can be deleted us- ISOBUS Bedienmasken
ing the respective keys (A). Every operating mask A
has its own delete button. Crop_this_page
Hilfsgerät
Ser#:
Ver:
Erntemaschine
Ser#:
Ver:
Futterernte
Ser#:
Ver:
1/3
Fig. 43. I020363

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
If a delete button is pressed, then the pop-up oppo-
site appears
Interrupt procedure with or execute with .
Soll die Bedienmaske wirklich gelöscht
werden?
Fig. 44. I020364
2.39.8 Using an external display T008357
Display in cab
Connect the external display to the ISO socket (E).
Crop_this_page
Fig. 45. I012270
Activating external display
2
3 ISOBUS Belegungsübersicht
1
VT Einstellungen
Virtual Terminal (VT)

Status EIN
Version 2
Farhhebelfreigabe ISOBUS
Status EIN
Fendt Varioterminal
Fig. 46. I020360
The menu sequence above is used to call up the VT settings.

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
At (A), call up selection window and select "OFF"; VT Einstellungen
the terminal is no longer responsible for the ISO-
BUS display.
Virtual Terminal (VT) A
With selection (C), OFF or ON can be set to deter-
mine whether the joystick is registered with ISO- Status EIN
2 BUS. B
Selection (D) is used to define whether the Fendt Version 2
Varioterminal or an external terminal is used to map
the control elements.
C
Status EIN
Zuständigkeit AUX Belegung D

Fendt Varioterminal
Fig. 47. I019848
Crop_this_page

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.40 Variotronic TI (TeachIn)
2.40.1 General T005870
The Variotronic Ti function enables repetitive operational sequences to be stored and retrieved at the press
of a button when needed. A customised selection of functions and trigger values can be selected.
2
Four different operational sequences with 22 steps can be stored.
Advantages
– Record and play back constantly recurring operating sequences at the press of a button
– Store operating sequences together with implement storage
NOTE: Pull-away cut-out is activated via a seat contact switch located in the operator's seat. If the operator's
seat is unoccupied for more than 3 seconds, pull-away cut-out is activated. Variotronic Ti functions cannot be
played back.
2.40.2 Functions and dependencies T007236
Functions
Function main group Functions
Rear power lift Raise
Lower
Slip control system on
STOP
Forced lowering
Front power lift Raise
Lower
Control
STOP Crop_this_page
Forced lowering
DA on
Rear PTO ON
OFF
Front PTO ON
OFF
Hydraulic valves Raise

Lower
Stop
Floating position

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Function main group Functions
Four-wheel drive Automatic mode
100%
OFF
2 Differential locks Automatic mode
100%
OFF
Suspension ON
OFF
Vario transmission Cruise control ON

Cruise control OFF
Electronic engine man- Call up MIN engine speed

agement Call up MAX engine speed
End function
TMS TMS ON
TMS OFF
Throttle pedal Driving pedal mode ON
Driving pedal mode OFF
Track guidance system Track guidance system activated

Track guidance system deactivated
Crop_this_page
Dependencies
A setting is assigned to each control function. The functions are carried out depending on:
Route covered (forwards, backwards)
Time passed
Lift height of front power lift
h
Lower front power lift
hh
Lift height of rear power lift
hh
Lower rear power lift
hh
Key operation (incremental)
hh

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
The following factory assignments apply:
Functions Triggers
Linkages Path 2
PTO Lift height
Hydraulic valves Path
Four-wheel drive Path
Differential lock Path
Tempomat Path
Engine speeds Path
2.40.3 Call up and activate Variotronic TI T007396
Call up Variotronic TI
3
Variotronic TI
Pflug
START
PLAY
Go 1 RECORD
2 Funktion Auslöser Wert RECORD
Schlepper Hauptseite 2 40 %
Pflug
Crop_this_page
3 40 %
EDIT offline
4 5,0 m
5,0
27,5 34,8 15,0 6,8

E
Schlepper Info
Pflug A
km km
25,7 /h 34,8 /h
l
27,5 /ha
AUTO
15 %
km
37,0 /h
Fig. 1. I018953
Menu sequence to Variotronic TI

2. Pressing the soft key (E) from the "Tractor Main Menu" causes the "Variotronic TI" page to appear
3. "Variotronic TI" page

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Activate Variotronic TI
If Variotronic TI is not activated, the page opposite
appears Variotronic TI A
A Variotronic TI activation toggle switch Pflug
2 H Jump back one menu level
PLAY
Go 1 RECORD
RECORD
EDIT offline
Fig. 2. I018955
If Variotronic TI is activated, movement sequences can be recorded, played back or manually edited.
B Soft key for playing back operating sequences Variotronic TI
C Soft key for recording operating sequences Pflug Crop_this_page
START B
PLAY
C
RECORD
2 40 %
3 40 %
EDIT offline
4 5,0 m
5,0
Fig. 3. I018966

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.40.4 Joystick assignment T007247
The four joystick buttons below can be assigned

four different sub-sequences. " 2
A1 Go 1
A2 End 1
B1 Go 2
B2 End 2
#
Example:
Operating sequence Go 1:
Start of field: Insert implement combination.
Operating sequence End 1:
End of field: Lift implement combination.
Operating sequence Go 2:
Swing out implement combination and put into # "
work position.
Operating sequence End 2:
Retract implement combination and put into trans- Fig. 4. I018994
port position.
2.40.5 Record an operational sequence T005887
NOTE: If travelling at more than 25 km/h, playback (Play) is not possible. Recording of an operational se-
quence between two activations is limited to 120 seconds and/or 300 metres. If recording is interrupted for
longer than 2 minutes, it is terminated.
The direction of travel selected for the recording must correspond to the direction of travel selected when
playing back. Travelling forward and being stopped are considered the same.
If the playback of a recording (Rec.) is required in the other direction of travel. Start recording with (Edit), drive Crop_this_page
in other direction, new direction of travel is saved.
Record an operational sequence
The recording process is represented by way of this example:
Operating sequence Go1 (start of field)
1. Lower front power lift
2. Lower the rear power lift
3. Connect the rear PTO
4. Call up the max. engine speed memory (1700 rpm)
Start recording
– Variotronic TI activated (toggle switch A) Variotronic TI A
Kreiselegge
– Soft key (C) pressed for recording
START
– Press Go on the joystick to start the recording
PLAY
C
Go 1 RECORD
EDIT offline
Fig. 5. I018999

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
1. Unlock the front power lift and lower with the quick-lift switch
– Start tractor.
– Pulling away
A C
2 –
–
Briefly push quick-lift switch (A) upwards once.
Press quick-lift switch (A) downwards.
Fig. 6. I018363
The adjoining display appears in the Varioterminal: Variotronic TI

Kreiselegge
STOP
PLAY
RECORD Crop_this_page
%
EDIT offline
Fig. 7. I019000

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Unlock EPC; pre-select PTO stage
– Unlock rear EPC with quick lift switch (A).
– Select rear PTO speed using key (B).
2
Fig. 8. I013886
– Using quick-lift switch (A), lower rear linkage to

the position set with the depth control.
Fig. 9. I013887
A further operating sequence is displayed in the Var- Variotronic TI Crop_this_page

ioterminal:
Kreiselegge
STOP
PLAY
Go 1 RECORD
2 5,5 m
EDIT offline
Fig. 10. I019021

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
– At the desired switch-on point for the rear PTO,
press switch (B).
Fig. 11. I013887
A further operating sequence is displayed in the Var- Variotronic TI

ioterminal:
Kreiselegge
STOP
PLAY
RECORD
1
Crop_this_page
2 5,5 m
3 40
EDIT offline
Fig. 12. I019001
4. Call up MAX engine speed memory

– Briefly press button (B) (max. engine speed).
Fig. 13. I012632

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
A new operational sequence appears in the Variot- Variotronic TI
erminal:
Kreiselegge
STOP
PLAY
2
Go 1 RECORD
2 5,5 m
3 40 %
EDIT offline
4 3,0
Fig. 14. I019022
End recording Crop_this_page

– Press Go on the joystick to end the recording. Variotronic TI
Kreiselegge
STOP
PLAY
RECORD
2 5,5 m
3 40 %
EDIT offline
4 3,0
Fig. 15. I019023

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.40.6 Start an operational sequence T007482
Play back recordings
2 Press button (A)

Sequence Go1 (start of field) is played back:
1. Lower front power lift
4. Call up the max. engine speed memory (1700
rpm)
Press button (B)
Sequence End1 (end of field) is played back:
1. Raise front power lift
2. Lift rear power lift
Fig. 16. I013890
3. Switch off rear PTO
4. Call up min. engine speed memory (1200 rpm)
Press button (C)
– STOP
All functions that are within the operating sequence
are set to a safe status, e.g. linkage stop, PTO off,
valve stop etc.
Crop_this_page

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.40.7 Configure operational sequence manually T007483
Call up manual configuration
2
4
Pflug
Go 1
3 Funktion Auslöser Wert
Variotronic TI
1 540E
Pflug
2 40 %
START
2 PLAY
3 40 %
Go 1
RECORD
4 5,0 m
Pflug
1
5 5,0 m
2 40 %
6 15 s
F
3 40 %
EDIT offline
4 5,0 m
27,5 34,8 15,0 6,8
E
1 5,0
Schlepper Info
Pflug A
km km
25,7 /h 34,8 /h
l
27,5 /ha
AUTO
15 %
km
37,0 /h
Crop_this_page
Fig. 17. I019138
Menu sequence to manual configuration

3. Pressing soft key (F) from the "Variotronic TI" page causes the "Manual Configuration" page to appear
4. "Manual Configuration" page

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Soft keys
C Move one function step up Manuelle Zusammenstellung
D Move one function step down Pflug
E Insert a function step
Go 1
2 F
H
Delete a functio step
C
1 540E
D
2 40 %
E
3 40 %
F
4 5,0 m
5 5,0 m
H
6 15 s
Fig. 18. I018753
Display Manuelle Zusammenstellung

A Procedure steps Pflug
(Operating location: Go 1, End 1, Go 2, End 2) A Go 1
B Function
C Triggers
D Value
B Funktion Auslöser Wert
Crop_this_page
1 540E
C
2 40 %
D
3 40 %
4 5,0 m
5 5,0 m
6 15 s
Fig. 19. I018758
Navigation and setting see §2.3.2, page 62.

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
2.40.8 Step mode T008786
Call up step mode
3
Variotronic TI
Pflug
START
2 PLAY
Go 1
RECORD
Pflug
1
2 40 %
3 40 %
EDIT offline
4 5,0 m
27,5 34,8 15,0 6,8
E
1 5,0
Schlepper Info
Pflug A
km km
25,7 /h 34,8 /h
l
27,5 /ha
AUTO
15 %
km
37,0 /h
Crop_this_page
Fig. 20. I022334
Menu sequence for calling up step mode

3. "Variotronic TI" page

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
2. OPERATION
Activate step mode
Press button (G); step mode is activated. Variotronic TI
Pflug
2 START
PLAY
Go 1 RECORD
1 540E
2 40 %
3 40 %
EDIT offline
G
4 5,0 m
5,0 m
Fig. 21. I022336
Call up individual procedure steps

Step mode is active Variotronic TI
– Press the Go button on the joystick; procedure
Pflug
step 1 is carried out. Crop_this_page
NOTE: Once the procedure step is complete,
START
the next procedure step is carried out when you
press the Go button.
PLAY
The process can be repeated up to the last proce-
dure step.
Go 1 RECORD
1 540E
3
EDIT offline
Fig. 22. I022342

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
Table of contents
3. Additional implements
3.1 Reverse drive function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3.1.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
321
321
3
3.1.2 operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
3.2 Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
3.2.1 Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
Crop_this_page

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
Table of contents
Crop_this_page

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
3.1 Reverse drive function
3.1.1 General T004752
DANGER:
Use of the reverse drive control is forbidden on public roads. Check that the operator platform
is properly secured against access.
NOTE: During periods when the tractor is not in use, carry out a complete turning process with the reverse 3
drive control at least every 4 weeks.
3.1.2 operation T004832
Basic requirements
1. Engine ON, wait until the working pressure of the compressed air system is reached.
2. Engine OFF, ignition in position I.
3. Apply the hand brake.
Turning the operator platform
1. Fold down instructor seat.

2. Put operator's seat in the highest position
(do not sit on the operator's seat whilst turning).
3. Slide operator's seat forward.
4. Release steering column lock with lever (A).
5. Raise steering column.
6. Turn steering column clockwise as far as possi- Crop_this_page
ble.
7. Fold steering column down until it clicks into
place. Fig. 1. I014238
8. Ignition OFF, wait approx. 20 seconds.

NOTE: Turn the operator platform carefully, chang-
ing the position of any obstructing parts such as the
multifunction armrest or terminal if necessary.
Switch ignition ON-OFF, the saved settings are ap-
plied.
– Image (A) is displayed on the multiple display.

NOTE: Due to the turning assistance, it is not pos-
sible to return to the starting point during the turn-
ing process. The turning process must always be
completed.
The maximum speed in reverse is 33 km/h.
NOTE: To get out of the operator's seat in reverse Fig. 2. I014239
travel position, push the seat as far back as possible

and turn it clockwise by 90°.
NOTE: When turning, ensure there is adequate
clearance between the multifunction armrest and
the air vents in the steering column.

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
3.2 Camera
3.2.1 Camera T008495
Connect camera
Camera connections under the armrest
3 1
2
Camera 1 connection
Camera 2 connection
– Unscrew protective caps
Fig. 1. I020667
Protective caps on the video inputs removed
Crop_this_page
Fig. 2. I020668
Video inputs pin assignment (PAL/NTSC)

Pin Name Description
1 VIDx_Signal Video signal
2 GND_Tractor Vehicle earth
3 VCC_12V stabilised 12V
power supply
4 GND Power supply
earth
5 VIDx_GND Reference
potential, video
signal (coaxial
wire screen) Fig. 3. I021076
NOTE: Suitable connectors or adapters are avail-

able from specialist shops.

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
Alphabetical index
A
Activate emergency mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
AdBlue®
Check filling level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Auto mode
Power lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
PTO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
PTO with power lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
B
Boost start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Brakes
Brake pressure warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
C
Cab
Sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Calibrate the speed display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
Cold weather operation
Measures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Combination switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Compressed air system
drain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Create implement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
D
Dashboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Differential lock
Differential lock (automatic mode, ON/OFF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Differential lock ON/OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Driver seat
Fendt Evolution Active settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Fendt Evolution settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Crop_this_page
E
EHS valves
Priority function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Emergency mode
Select the transmission ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Engine
start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Engine brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Engine management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
activate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Engine oil
Engine speed
activate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Set max. engine speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Set min. engine speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
External control panel
Button assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
F
Four-wheel drive
4WD automatic mode ON/OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
4WD ON/OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Front axle suspension
lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
lower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
raise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Front power lift
Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Front PTO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Calibrate PTO clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
Alphabetical index
Engaging and disengaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Protective cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Fuel
Check fuel level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Fuel consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
H
Heater pack (optional)
Engine coolant, hydraulic and transmission oil preheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Heating and ventilation system
Air nozzles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Automatic mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Cool mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Defrost mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Fan speed selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Multiple display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Overpressure operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Protection against hazardous substances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Height-adjustable lift links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Hydraulic valves
Automatic steering axle mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Power Beyond . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Set the flow rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Setting options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Switch function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
I
Implement socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
ISO implement socket
Pin assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
ISOBUS
activate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Activate joystick assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Activating external display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303 Crop_this_page
Assigning the implement functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Call up information page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Connect external control lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
Connect implement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Deactivate joystick assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Delete assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
External control lever mapping mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
External display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Joystick assignment mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
Position application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Releasing the joystick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Restoring assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Saving assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
J
Joystick
Power version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Professional version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
L
Load implement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Load limit control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Lower link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Lower link lateral stabiliser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
M
Main electrical isolation switch (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Management (main page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Multi-function armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Multi-function armrest settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Multiple display

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
Alphabetical index
Control keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Default display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
O
On-board computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Switch counter on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Operator's seat
Settings for the air-sprung super deluxe seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
P
Passenger seat
Deluxe seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Standard seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Power Beyond . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Power lift
Auto mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Preheat starter switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
PTO
Auto mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Pulling away
Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
R
Rear ISO implement socket
Pin assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Rear power lift
operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Safety switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Setting options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Rear PTO
Calibrate PTO clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Engaging and disengaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
External actuation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Flange PTO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Crop_this_page
Pre-select PTO speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
PTO shaft guard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
PTO shaft protection cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Refuelling
AdBlue® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Reset
Restore default settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Reverse drive control (Rüfa)
Turning the operator platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
S
Safety decals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Save
fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Save implement settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Set the time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Shock load stabilising system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Sockets
Cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Standard front power lift
operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Steering wheel adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Storage box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
T
Tempomat
Activate speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Maintain speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Preselect speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Set speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)
Alphabetical index
Throttle pedal - operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
activate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Decelerate with the joystick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Select direction of travel with the direction of travel lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Select direction of travel with the joystick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Throttle pedal resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
TMS engine speed range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
activate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124, 145
Tractor Management System (TMS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Transmission oil
Triggers
Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Turbo-clutch function
Activation/deactivation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Tyre pressure monitoring system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Field mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Road mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Set target values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Tyre pressure measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
V
Vario transmission
Activate reversing speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Joystick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Load limit control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Pre-selecting the reversing speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Set acceleration rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Turbo-clutch function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Varioterminal
Navigation using external control panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Crop_this_page
Navigation using touch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Page layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Positioning view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Variotronic TI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Activate step mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
Configure operational sequence manually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Record an operational sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309

945.020.010.011 (3537G-en)

Fendt 939 Operare Engleza

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Fendt 939 Operare Engleza

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Fendt 939 Operare Engleza

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

OPERATOR'S MANUAL

Vehicle identity no. .. .. ..... Service workshop

VEHICLE DELIVERY TEST REPORT

Driving functions and joystick

6 FENDT X911 - EAME

FENDT 924 Vario

FENDT 927 Vario

FENDT 930 Vario

FENDT 933 Vario

FENDT 936 Vario

FENDT 939 Vario

12 FENDT X911 - EAME

FENDT X911 - EAME 13

3 Additional implements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319

18 FENDT X911 - EAME

FENDT X911 - EAME 19

20 FENDT X911 - EAME

Maintenance, spare parts, accessories and operating conditions

FENDT X911 - EAME 21

This safety sign means CAUTION! BE ALERT! YOUR SAFETY

SAFETY has top priority! Why?

22 FENDT X911 - EAME

In the cab on the top right of the panel cover

To the right at the rear of the side window

FENDT X911 - EAME 23

On the left and right rear mudguards beside the link-

At the front left and right on the hydraulic cylinder

24 FENDT X911 - EAME

In the cab on the top right of the panel cover

In the cab to the right of the panel above the auxil-

Inside the cab, on the left, on the transverse beam

FENDT X911 - EAME 25

1.4.2 Operator familiarity with the tractor's functions T006777

tion sheet (in case of doubt or in the event of

1.4.3 Cab: Entry and exit T006778

1.4.4 Fill fuel and AdBlue® tanks T006779

Fill with fuel

Fill with AdBlue®/DEF

Avoid contact with eyes, skin and clothing.

FENDT X911 - EAME 27

1.4.5 Obligatory steps before leaving the tractor T006780

28 FENDT X911 - EAME

Use the protective clothing and equipment that you

1.5.2 Safety equipment and components T006782

Standard safety equipment and components according to national regulations

Additional equipment and components

FENDT X911 - EAME 29

1.5.3 Check the tractor

tention should be paid to the following points.

30 FENDT X911 - EAME

1.6.2 Safe start T006786

Starting aid Crop_this_page

1.6.3 Checks after starting T006787

Controls and indicator lamps

FENDT X911 - EAME 31

– Always follow the manufacturer's operating conditions.

1.7.2 Carry passengers T004384

32 FENDT X911 - EAME

1.7.3 Protection of persons other than the operator

1.7.4 Prevent from tipping over T006790